Une erreur est survenue. Détails Cacher
Vos pages ne sont pas sauvegardées. Rétablir Annuler

Mexique

  • Président :Enrique Peña Nieto
  • Président du Sénat:Roberto Gil Zuarth
  • Capitale:Mexico City (Distrito Federal)
  • Langues:Spanish only 92.7%, Spanish and indigenous languages 5.7%, indigenous only 0.8%, unspecified 0.8% note: indigenous languages include various Mayan, Nahuatl, and other regional languages (2005)
  • Gouvernement
  • Bureau de statistique national
  • Population:127 540 423 (2016)
  • Superficie:1 943 950 (2016)
  • PIB par habitant:8 201 (2016)
  • GDP, billion current US$:1 046,0 (2016)
  • Indice de GINI:48,21 (2014)
  • Classement Facilité à faire des affaires:47 (2016)
Tous les ensembles de données:  2 3 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y
  • 2
    • février 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains the main results of the 2014 Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison for the 47 countries that participated in the 2014 round of the Eurostat-OECD Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) Programme. The dataset is organised in 23 tables which show results both in US dollars and OECD as reference (Table 1.1 to Table 1.12) and in euros and European Union as reference (Table 2.1 to Table 2.11) calculated with the EKS method. The tables contain the following information: Table 1.1 to 1.12The dollar serves as numeraire and the OECD as reference country (except for Table 1.12 where theUnited States are the reference country). Table 1.1 and Table 1.2 present the data on which thefollowing ten tables are based.• Table 1.1 gives nominal expenditure in national currency of the participating countries.• Table 1.2 presents PPPs (OECD=1.00) that have been calculated for the participating countriesusing the price and expenditure data collected during the 2014 round. The PPPs were obtainedby the EKS method of calculation and aggregation.• Table 1.3 shows nominal expenditure of Table 1.1 converted to US dollars. Exchange rates donot reflect the relative purchasing power of different currencies and the converted expenditure isstill expressed at national prices. As such, it remains nominal measures, the spatial equivalent ofa time series of GDP for a single country at current prices. Hence, they are called “nominalexpenditure”. The nominal expenditure in the table reflects both differences in the quantities ofgoods and services purchased in the countries and differences in the price levels of the countries.• Table 1.4 gives nominal expenditure of Table 1.3 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyearpopulation data.• Table 1.5 and Table 1.6 present the nominal expenditure from Table 1.3 and the nominalexpenditure per head from Table 1.4 as indices with OECD=100.• Table 1.7 shows real expenditure converted to US dollar using the PPPs from Table 1.2. PPPsequalise the purchasing power of different currencies during the process of conversion and theconverted expenditures are expressed at international prices (that is at the same price level). Assuch, they are real measures, the spatial equivalent of a time series of GDP for a single countryat constant prices. Hence, they are called “real expenditures”. The real final expenditures in thetable reflect only differences in the volumes of goods and services purchased in the countries.• Table 1.8 gives the real expenditure of Table 1.7 expressed on a per capita basis using the midyearpopulation data. Again, the real expenditures per head in this table are not additive nor arethey subject to the Gerschenkron effect.• Table 1.9 and Table 1.10 present the real expenditure on GDP from Table 1.7 and the real finalexpenditure per head on GDP from Table 1.8 as indices with OECD=100.• Table 1.11 gives the price levels which are computed as ratios of the PPPs in Table 1.2 to theexchange rates and are expressed as indices with OECD=100. For a given aggregate, theyindicate the number of units of the common currency needed to buy the same volume of the aggregate in each country. Price levels that exceed 100 indicate that the level of prices in thatcountry and for that analytical category is higher than the average price level for the OECD.• Table 1.12 present PPPs as in Table 1.2 (see description above) but with the United States asreference country (US=1.00).Table 2.1 to 2.11The euro serves as numeraire and the European Union as reference country. Table 2.1 and Table 2.2present the data on which the following nine tables are based. Table 2.1 to 2.11 contain the sameinformation as Table 1.1 to 1.11 with a different basis. For explanation on the contents, please seedescription above.
  • 3
  • A
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organizations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • février 2017
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators, 2014.
    • juillet 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2017
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2017
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Source - IGS
    • avril 2017
      Source : Agricultural Market Information System
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data Source - PSD
    • juin 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Agriculture Total contains all the emissions produced in the different agricultural emissions sub-domains (enteric fermentation, manure management, rice cultivation, synthetic fertilizers, manure applied to soils, manure left on pastures, crop residues, cultivation of organic soils, burning of crop residues, burning of savanna, energy use), providing a picture of the contribution to the total amount of GHG emissions from agriculture. GHG emissions from agriculture consist of non-CO2 gases, namely methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O), produced by crop and livestock production and management activities. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg CO2 and CO2eq (from CH4 and N2O), by underlying agricultural emission sub-domain and by aggregate (agriculture total, agriculture total plus energy, agricultural soils).
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of chemical and mineral fertilizers per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national, regional, and global level in a time series from 2002 to 2014
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Agri-environmental Indicators—Land domain provides information on the annual evolution of the distribution of agricultural and forest areas, and their sub-components, including irrigated areas, at national, regional and global levels.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Agri-Environmental Indicators - Livestock (1961-2014)
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The data describe the average use of pesticides per area of cropland (arable land and permanent crops) at national level in a time series from 1990 to 2014. 
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2013
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilisers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The gross nutrient balances (N and P) are calculated as the difference between the total quantity of nutrient inputs entering an agricultural system (mainly fertilizers, livestock manure), and the quantity of nutrient outputs leaving the system (mainly uptake of nutrients by crops and grassland). Gross nutrient balances are expressed in tonnes of nutrient surplus (when positive) or deficit (when negative). This calculation can be used as a proxy to reveal the status of environmental pressures, such as declining soil fertility in the case of a nutrient deficit, or for a nutrient surplus the risk of polluting soil, water and air. The nutrient balance indicator is also expressed in terms of kilogrammes of nutrient surplus per hectare of agricultural land to facilitate the comparison of the relative intensity of nutrients in agricultural systems between countries.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Destination of Official Development Assistance Disbursements. Geographical breakdown by donor, recipient and for some types of aid (e.g. grant, loan, technical co-operation) on a disbursement basis (i.e. actual expenditures). The data cover flows from bilateral and multilateral donors which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Akamai
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 octobre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The “ALFS Summary tables” dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil, Columbia and Russian Federation and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro area, European Union and OECD-Total). Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100.This dataset contains estimates from the OECD Secretariat for the latest years when countries did not provide data. These estimates are necessary to compile aggregated statistics for the geographical areas for a complete span of time. Since 2003, employment data by sector for the United States are compiled following the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS); therefore they are not strictly comparable with other countries’ data.Euro area and European Union data were extracted from Eurostat (LFS Series, Detailed annual survey results in New Cronos). Euro area refer to Euro area with 17 countries (geo = ea17). European Union refers to European Union with 27 countries (geo = eu27).
    • juin 2013
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD Taxing Wages. Taxing Wages provides unique information on income tax paid by workers and social security contributions levied on employees and their employers in OECD countries. In addition, this annual publication specifies family benefits paid as cash transfers. Amounts of taxes and benefits are detailed program by program, for eight household types which differ by income level and household composition. Results reported include the marginal and effective tax burden for one- and two-earner families, and total labour costs of employers.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Residential Property Prices Indices (RPPIs) – also named House price indices (HPIs), are index numbers that measure the prices of residential properties over time. RPPIs are key statistics not only for citizens and households across the world, but also for economic and monetary policy makers. They can help, for example, to monitor potential macroeconomic imbalances and the risk exposure of the household and financial sectors. This dataset covers the 34 OECD member countries and some non-member countries. In addition to the nominal RPPIs it contains information on real house prices, rental prices and the ratios of nominal prices to rents and to disposable household income per capita. This dataset contains quarterly statistics for each country. House prices differ widely across OECD countries, both with respect to recent changes and to valuation levels. The OECD has identified one main nominal index for each country that covers the prices for the sale of newly-built and existing dwellings. The datasets “Analytical house price indicators” and “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Headline Indicators” refer to the same price indices for all countries apart from Brazil, Canada, China, the United States and the Euro area. These differences are further documented in country-specific metadata. For the United States, the series used in “Analytical house price indicators” is included in the dataset called “Residential Property Price Indices (RPPIs) – Complete database”, but is not the headline indicator. For all other countries, non-seasonally adjusted price indices in both datasets are identical in the period in which they overlap. This research dataset provides extended time series coverage for many countries. The objective is to provide information on the long term trend of house prices and develop indicators which can be used to help track and analyse macroeconomic developments and risks. The extended data supplement the OECD RPPI data with historical data from a variety of sources, including other international organisations, central banks and national statistical offices. The methodological basis on the historical data and the types of geographical areas and dwellings they cover can differ from those used in the OECD RPPI data. The database contains a number of additional series. Real house prices are given by the ratio of seasonally adjusted nominal house prices to the seasonally adjusted consumers’ expenditure deflator in each country, from the OECD national accounts database. This provides information on how nominal house prices have changed over time relative to prices in the general economy. The rental prices come from the OECD Main Economic Indicators database and refer to Consumer Price Indices (CPIs) for Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1). If this indicator is missing for a country, another indicator is chosen. The chosen indicator are usually those corresponding to the CPI aggregate for Housing including Actual rentals for housing (COICOP 04.1), imputed rentals for housing (COICOP 04.2) and Maintenance and repair of the dwelling (COICOP 04.3). The disposable income indicators come from the OECD national accounts database. Net household disposable income is used. The population data come from the OECD national accounts database. The price-to-rent ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to rental prices. This is a measure of the profitability of owning a house. The price-to-income ratio is given by the ratio of nominal house prices to nominal household disposable income per capita. This is a measure of the affordability of purchasing a house. An indication that house prices may be overvalued is provided if either of these ratios is above their long-term averages. The standardised price-rent and price-income ratios show the current price-rent and price-income ratios relative to their respective long-term averages. The long-term average, which is used as a reference value, is calculated over the whole period available when the indicator begins after 1980 or 1980 if the indicator is available over a longer time period. The standardised ratio is indexed to a reference value equal to 100 over the full sample period. Values over 100 indicate that the present price-rent ratio, or price-income ratio, is above its long-run norms. This provides an indication of possible housing market pressures.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset includes a detailed breakdown of Investment funds, Insurance companies and Pension funds, and Other forms of institutional savings, as institutional sectors. This finer breakdown by type of investors has been established with reference to the System of National Accounts (SNA), when possible. Within Investment funds, one distinguishes Open-end companies, further broken down into Money market funds and Other mutual funds, and Closed-end companies, of which Real estate funds. Within Insurance companies and pension funds one distinguishes Insurance companies, further broken down into Life insurance companies and Non-life insurance companies, and Autonomous pension funds. Financial assets included correspond to the assets requested in the previous database on Institutional Investors, i.e. Currency and deposits, Securities other than shares, Loans, Shares and other equities and Other financial assets. Moreover, Total non-financial assets are also included. While the sub-classification of the above financial assets corresponds to SNA93, a further breakdown between assets issued by residents and assets issued by non-residents is reported.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The "ALFS Summary tables" dataset is a subset of the Annual Labor Force Statistics database which presents annual labor force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro zone, European Union and OECD-Total). Note that Chile became a member of the OECD on 7 May 2010, Slovenia on 21 July 2010, Israel on 7 September 2010 and Estonia on 9 December 2010. Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia have been included in this dataset. Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100.
    • mai 2017
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      AMECO is the annual macro-economic database of the European Commission's Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN). The database is regularly cited in DG ECFIN's publications and is indispensable for DG ECFIN's analyses and reports. To ensure that DG ECFIN's analyses are verifiable and transparent to the public, AMECO data is made available free of charge. AMECO contains data for EU-27, the euro area, EU Member States, candidate countries and other OECD countries (United States, Japan, Canada, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, Mexico, Korea, Australia and New Zealand).
    • juin 2017
      Source : International Tropical Timber Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries.
    • janvier 2014
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area.Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin.
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • février 2016
      Source : Auto Care Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 février, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      U.S. Commercial Service Automotive Resource Guide, 2014 - Export.gov - Helping U.S. Companies Export Source: United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Foreign Trade Division. TPIS Database: USHS EXPORTS, Revised Statistics for 1989–2012.
    • octobre 2014
      Source : LMC Automotive
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 janvier, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Automative Industry, 2014
    • janvier 2015
      Source : Center for Automotive Research
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 mai, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1.Data cited at AutoAlliance.org - http://www.autoalliance.org/files/dmfile/2015-Auto-Industry-Jobs-Report.pdf2. Light-Duty (0-6,000 lb)-Class 1    Light-Duty (6,001-10,000 lb)-Class 2    Medium-Duty (10,001-14,000 lb)-Class 3    Medium-Duty (14,001-16,000 lb)-Class 4    Medium-Duty (16,001-19,500 lb)-Class 5    Medium-Duty (19,501-26,000 lb)-Class 6    Heavy-Duty (26,001-33,000 lb)-Class 7    Heavy-Duty (33,001 lb and over)-Class 8
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The concept used is the total number of hours worked over the year divided by the average number of people in employment. The data are intended for comparisons of trends over time; they are unsuitable for comparisons of the level of average annual hours of work for a given year, because of differences in their sources. Part-time workers are covered as well as full-time workers.The series on annual hours actually worked per person in total employment presented in this table for all 34 OECD countries are consistent with the series retained for the calculation of productivity measures in the OECD Productivity database (www.oecd.org/statistics/productivity/compendium). However, there may be some differences for some countries given that the main purpose of the latter database is to report data series on labour input (i.e. total hours worked) and also because the updating of databases occur at different moments of the year.Hours Hours actually worked per person in employment are according to National Accounts concepts for 18 countries: Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Korea, the Netherlands, Norway, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and Turkey. OECD estimates for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Portugal for annual hours worked are based on the European Labour Force Survey, as are estimates for dependent employment only for Austria, Estonia, Greece, the Slovak Republic and Slovenia. The table includes labour-force-survey-based estimates for the Russian Federation.countries: For further details and country specfic notes see: www.oecd.org/employment/outlook and www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ANNUAL-HOURS-WORKED.pdf
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 octobre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains data on average annual wages per full-time and full-year equivalent employee in the total economy. Average annual wages per full-time equivalent dependent employee are obtained by dividing the national-accounts-based total wage bill by the average number of employees in the total economy, which is then multiplied by the ratio of average usual weekly hours per full-time employee to average usually weekly hours for all employees. The data, from 1990 to 2012 are available in : 2012 USD exchange rates and 2012 constant prices Aggregation and consolidation Average wages are converted in USD PPPs using 2012 USD PPPs for private consumption and are deflated by a price deflator for private final consumption expenditures in 2012 prices. in 2012 constant prices and NCU in 2012 USD PPPs and 2012 constant prices in 2012 USD exchange rates and 2012
    • août 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains data on the average duration of unemployment by sex and standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Data are expressed in months.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
  • B
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Baker Hughes
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital. This dataset presents countries compiling balance of payments statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6). Transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account.Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment) .
    • février 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • juin 2015
      Source : Barro-Lee
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2015
      Source : Barro-Lee
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Bertelsmann Stiftung
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 septembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Bertelsmann Stiftung’s Transformation Index (BTI) analyzes and evaluates the quality of democracy, a market economy and political management in 128 developing and transition countries. It measures successes and setbacks on the path toward a democracy based on the rule of law and a market economy flanked by sociopolitical safeguards. Within this framework, the BTI publishes two rankings, the Status Index and the Management Index. Countries are further categorized on the basis of these status index and management rankings/scores. For instance, countries are categorized in to 5 groups – viz; 5 or failed, 4 or very limited, 3 or limited, 2 or advanced, and 1 or highly advanced—based on their status index score of 1 to 10. A country with a high score, 8.5 and above, is categorized as highly advanced. A country with a low score, below 4, is categorized as failed. A country is categorized as ‘very limited’ if it has a status index score between 4 and 5.5. A score between 5.5 and 7 means the country is categorized as ‘limited’ and a country is categorized as ‘advanced’ for a score between 7.1 and 8.5.On the basis of the democratic status ranking, countries are further categorized as 5 or ‘hard - line autocracies,’ 4 or ‘moderate autocracies,’ 3 or ‘highly defective democracies,’ 2 or ‘defective democracies,’ and 1 or ‘democracies in consolidation.’ A country with a democratic status ranking below 4 is categorized as a hard line autocracy. A democratic status score between 4 and 5 means that the country is part of the ‘moderate autocracy’ group. A country is grouped as a ‘highly defective democracy’ for a score between 5 and 6. A country is recognized as a ‘defective democracy’ for a score between 6 and 8, and a score of 8 and above earns a country the status of a ‘democracy in consolidation.’Countries are also categorized in to 5 groups based on their market economy status ranking. The countries are categorized as ‘rudimentary’ or group 5, ‘poorly functioning’ or group 4, ‘functional flaws’ or group 3, ‘functioning’ or group 2, and ‘developed’ or group 1. A country is recognized as a member of the ‘developed’ group with a market economy status ranking/score of 8 and above. A country is grouped as ‘functioning’ if it has a score between 7 and 8. A market economy status ranking between 5 and 7 means the country is categorized to group 3 or the ‘functional flaws’ group. A score between 3 and 5 means that the country is ‘poorly functioning’ and a score below 3 means the country enjoys a ‘rudimentary’ status.Based on the management index ranking, countries are categorized as 5 or failed, 4 or weak, 3 or moderate, 2 or good, and1 or very good. A country is categorized as ‘very good’ for a score of 7 and above. It is categorized as ‘good’ for a score between 5.6 and 7, and as ‘moderate’ for a score between 4.4 and 5.5. A score between 3 and 4.3 means a country is categorized as ‘weak,’ and a score below 3 means the categorization of a country as ‘failed.’Countries are ranked between 1 and 10 on the basis of the level of difficulty they face. The level of difficulty is further categorized as 5 or negligible, 4 or minor, 3 or moderate, 2 or substantial, and 1 or massive. A score of 8.5 and above means the categorization of the country’s level of difficulty as ‘massive, and a score below 2.5 means the categorization of the level of difficulty faced by the country as ‘negligible.’ The level of difficulty score of 2.5 to 4.4 means a country faces a ‘minor’ level of difficulty and a score between 4.5 and 6.4 means the level of difficulty faced by a country is ‘moderate.’ A country with a score of 6.5 to 8.4 faces a ‘substantial’ level of difficulty.
    • août 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Better Life Index aims to involve citizens in the debate on measuring the well-being of societies, and to empower them to become more informed and engaged in the policy-making process that shapes all our lives. Each of the 11 topics of the Index is currently based on one to three indicators. Within each topic, the indicators are averaged with equal weights. The indicators have been chosen on the basis of a number of statistical criteria such as relevance (face-validity, depth, policy relevance) and data quality (predictive validity, coverage, timeliness, cross-country comparability etc.) and in consultation with OECD member countries. These indicators are good measures of the concepts of well-being, in particular in the context of a country comparative exercise. Other indicators will gradually be added to each topic.
    • septembre 2016
      Source : National Statistics Bureau, Bhutan
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bhutan : Tourism Statistics, 2015
    • avril 2014
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 février, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Measure for all Combinations - Amounts Outstanding / Stocks   Note: Under "Reporting country" they have removed "Euro Area".
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Below Parameters are common for all combinations : Frequency - Quarterly Measure -Amounts Outstanding / Stocks CBS Bank Type - Domestic Banks CBS Reporting Basis - Immediate Counterparty Basis Balance Sheet Position - Total Claims Type of Instruments - All Instruments Remaining Maturity - All Maturities Currency Type of Booking Location - All Currencies Counterparty Sector - All Sectors
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2017
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The residential property price statistics collect data from different countries. The BIS has obtained permission from various national data providers, with the assistance of its member central banks, to disseminate these statistics. The topic ‘Property prices: Selected series,’ contains nominal and real quarterly values for 58 countries, both in levels and in growth rates (ie four series per country). Real series are the nominal price series deflated by the consumer price index. The BIS has made the selection based on the Handbook on Residential Property Prices and the experience and metadata of central banks.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      >>All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 44 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.   >>All series are published in local currency, in US dollars and as percentages of nominal GDP. The regional aggregates as percentages of GDP are calculated based on conversion to the US dollar at market and at purchasing power parity (PPP) exchange rates.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2017
      Source : Bloom Consulting
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bloom Consulting was founded in 2003 as a Nation Branding consultancy. Our Headquarters are located in Madrid, with offices in Lisbon and São Paulo. Bloom Consulting has been interviewed by The Economist, Forbes and CNN . According to Country Branding Central www.countrybrandingwiki.org, our CEO José Filipe Torres, a recurrent lecturer in Universities such as Harvard, is considered one of the top 3 international experts in the field of Nation Branding, Region and City Branding, providing advisory for the OECD.In addition, Bloom Consulting publishes the Bloom Consulting Country Brand Ranking © annually for both Trade and Tourism, to extensively analyze the brand performance of 193 countries and territories worldwide and the Digital Country Index - Measuring the Brand appeal of countries and territories in the Digital World.
    • mai 2017
      Source : BP
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • juin 2017
      Source : BP
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the fi eld of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Times Higher Education
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Times Higher Education BRICS & Emerging Economies Rankings 2017, provides institutions ranking and Score (performance indicators). The rankings use 13 performance indicators to provide the most comprehensive and balanced comparisons, trusted by students, academics, university leaders, industry and even governments – but the weightings are specially recalibrated to reflect the characteristics of emerging economy universities.The performance indicators are grouped into five areas:1. Teaching (the learning environment)2. Research (volume, income and reputation)3. Citations (research influence)4. International outlook (staff, students and research)5. Industry income (knowledge transfer)Note: The ranking of institutions, after 200, have been given in range like 201-250 and 251-300.The rank has been taken as 201, 202, 203……..250 as the same order as they appear in the source.
    • juin 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • juin 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • juin 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • juin 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD . Note: unit of measure of indicators related to Internet selling and purchasing by industry is percentage of businesses with 10 or more employees in each industry group.
    • juin 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning crop residues consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced by the combustion of a percentage of crop residues burnt on-site. The mass of fuel available for burning should be estimated taking into account the fractions removed before burning due to animal consumption, decay in the field, and use in other sectors (e.g., biofuel, domestic livestock feed, building materials, etc.). FAOSTAT emission estimates are computed at Tier 1 following the IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, reguions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, by crop (maize, rice, sugarcane and wheat) and by aggregates. Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (biomass burned) are also provided.
    • avril 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in this view of “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria)). The two tables that follow, “BERD by industry and source of funds” and “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by source of funds (business enterprise, government, other national funds, and funds from abroad). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and source of funds” and the one that follows, “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2000 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by type of costs (current expenditure, capital expenditure). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and type of costs” and the preceding one “BERD by industry and source of funds” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents research and development (R&D) statistics on personnel in the business enterprise sector. Measured in full-time equivalent are the number of total R&D personnel and researchers in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification.
    • août 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators. The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.  
    • août 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
    • février 2012
      Source : Federal State Statistics Service, Russia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Внешняя торговля товарами Российской Федерации по странам партнерам, 1995-2011
  • C
    • février 2017
      Source : World Resources Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • mars 2016
      Source : International Organization of Motor Vehicle Manufacturers
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2016 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • août 2013
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 septembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Transactions within the international production network and imports and exports of final goods and services can be estimated by using an inter-country economic model based on multi-regional input-output (MRIO) modelling techniques. In order to achieve this, national Input-Output tables are first converted to a common currency (nominal USD) and the import matrices are disaggregated to separate bilateral flows of goods and services. A range of adjustments to deal with measurement issues such as re-exports; unspecified partners and commodities; and missing data, particularly for trade in services, are necessary before the analysis.
    • juillet 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 août, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note:  The updates and revisions for the OECD Central Government Debt Database have been suspended. This dataset is no longer updated. For more info, please read http://stats.oecd.org/Index.aspx?DataSetCode=GOV_DEBT   Statistical population The focus of this dataset is to provide comprehensive quantitative information on marketable and non-marketable central government debt instruments in all OECD member countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance and excludes therefore state and local government debt and social security funds.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table reports statutory central government personal income tax rates for wage income plus the taxable income thresholds at which these statutory rates apply. The table also reports basic/standard tax allowances, tax credits and surtax rates. The information is applicable to a single person without dependents. The threshold, tax allowance and tax credit amounts are expressed in national currencies Tapered means that the tax relief basic amount is reduced with increasing income Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex This data represents part of the data presented within the Excel file “Personal income tax rates and thresholds for central governments - Table I.1”. The Data for 1981 to 1999 is not included here within as not all the data for these years is either available, or can be verified. The OECD tax database provides comparative information on a range of tax statistics - tax revenues, personal income taxes, non-tax compulsory payments, corporate and capital income taxes and taxes on consumption - that are levied in the 34 OECD member countries.” Tax policy Analysis homepage OECD Tax Database Taxing Wages Dissemination format(s) This data is also presented through the OECD Tax database webpage. OECD Tax Database
    • juillet 2015
      Source : United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2016
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2012
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 septembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2017
      Source : End Coal
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agences of foreign companies.
    • février 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • mars 2016
      Source : UNESCO Institute for Statistics
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Designs. Community Design refer to design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trade marks and Designs. A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • juin 2012
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators. CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms. For further information on interpretation and comparability of various form please refer to the presentation section of the OECD CLI methodology document: http://www.oecd.org/std/leading-indicators/41629509.pdf. The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI. The full list of component series used in the calculation of each country's CLI is available on the OECD website at: http://www.oecd.org/std/leading-indicators/oecdcompositeleadingindicatorsreferenceturningpointsandcomponentseries.htm . Detailed information on the OECD methodology for CLIs can be found on the OECD website at http://stats.oecd.org/mei/default.asp?rev=2 .
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Concordia
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • août 2017
      Source : Bank for International Settlements
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2017
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Consumer price indexes (CPIs) are index numbers that measure changes in the prices of goods and services purchased or otherwise acquired by households, which households use directly, or indirectly, to satisfy their own needs and wants. In practice, most CPIs are calculated as weighted averages of the percentage price changes for a specified set, or ‘‘basket’’, of consumer products, the weights reflecting their relative importance in household consumption in some period. CPIs are widely used to index pensions and social security benefits. CPIs are also used to index other payments, such as interest payments or rents, or the prices of bonds. CPIs are also commonly used as a proxy for the general rate of inflation, even though they measure only consumer inflation. They are used by some governments or central banks to set inflation targets for purposes of monetary policy. The price data collected for CPI purposes can also be used to compile other indices, such as the price indices used to deflate household consumption expenditures in national accounts, or the purchasing power parities used to compare real levels of consumption in different countries.
    • août 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The 'Consumer Prices (MEI)' dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 35 OECD member countries and for some non-member countries. The 'Consumer Prices (MEI)' dataset itself contains statistics on Consumer Price Indices. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data), and are presented as an index where the year 2010 is the base year.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor, and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e., direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data, including, in most instances, separate data on net equity and net debt positions, as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e., tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications / granted to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Transparency International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • février 2017
      Source : Numbeo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These indices are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City. Cost of Living Index (Excl. Rent) is a relative indicator of consumer goods price, including groceries, restaurants, transportation and utilities. Cost of Living Index doesn't include accommodation expenses such as rent or mortgage. If a city has a Cost of Living Index of 120, it means Numbeo estimates it is 20% more expensive than New York (excluding rent). Rent Index is estimation of prices of renting apartments in the city compared to New York City. If Rent index is 80, Numbeo estimates that price for renting in that city is 80% of price in New York. Groceries Index is an estimation of grocery prices in the city compared to New York City. To calculate this section, Numbeo uses "Markets"section of each city. Restaurants Index is a comparison of prices of meals and drinks in restaurants and bars compared to NYC. Cost of Living Plus Rent Index is an estimation of consumer goods prices including rent in the city comparing to New York City. Local Purchasing Power shows relative purchasing power in buying goods and services in a given city for the average wage in that city. If domestic purchasing power is 40, this means that the inhabitants of that city with the average salary can afford to buy 60% less typical goods and services than New York City residents with an average salary.
    • novembre 2014
      Source : Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 décembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2012
      Source : Freedom House
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 décembre, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Countries at the Crossroads is an annual analysis of government performance in 70 strategically important countries worldwide that are at a critical crossroads in determining their political future. The in-depth comparative assessments and quantitative ratings – examining government accountability, civil liberties, rule of law, and anticorruption and transparency efforts – are intended to help international policymakers identify areas of progress, as well as to highlight areas of concern that could be addressed in diplomatic efforts and reform assistance.The Crossroads project has generated far-reaching interest since its inception in 2004. Increased attention to the relationship between competent governance and respect for civil and political rights means that scholars and policymakers require sophisticated tools to help place the performance of various governments in perspective. Crossroads helps ground this analysis by providing indispensable quantitative assessment that allows for comparison over time, as well as detailed narrative reports that provide real-world context.A new edition of Crossroads is published each year, with half the set of countries analyzed in odd years and the other half in even years. Crossroads reports are written and evaluated by some of the most prominent independent experts available for each country.
    • avril 2015
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • juin 2017
      Source : Reputation Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country RepTrak | Top Countries by ReputationThe Global RepTrak® 100 is a study that Reputation Institute conducts annually to measure the reputation of the world’s 100 most highly-regarded and familiar global companies in 15 countries. Included firms must meet the following qualifications: 1) Have a significant economic presence in the 15 largest economies 2) Have an above average reputation in its home country 3) Have global familiarity over 40% It is the largest Global reputation study, with ~170,000 ratings collected in Q1 2017.   Normative Scale for Reputation track pulse scoreExcellent/Top Tier: 80+Strong/Robust: 70-79Avg./Moderate: 60-69Weak/Vulnerable: 40-59Poor/Lowest: <40
    • mars 2012
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The country statistical profiles provide a broad selection of indicators, illustrating the demographic, economic, environmental and social developments, for all OECD members. The dataset also covers the five key partner economies with which the OECD has developed an enhanced engagement program with (Brazil, China, India, Indonesia and South Africa) ,accession countries (Colombia, Costa Rica and Lithuania) , Peru and the Russian Federation. The user can easily compare indicators across all countries. Total fertility rates - Unit of measure used: Number of children born to women aged 15 to 49
    • avril 2016
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 avril, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      COFR presents data on fiscal transparency. It provides an overview of fiscal reporting, including whether fiscal data are available for all of the general government, whether the government reports a balance sheet, and whether spending and revenue are reported on a cash or accrual basis. It also derives specific indices of the coverage of public institutions, fiscal flows, and fiscal stocks.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Credit to Agriculture dataset provides national data for over 100 countries on the amount of loans provided by the private/commercial banking sector to producers in agriculture, forestry and fisheries, including household producers, cooperatives, and agro-businesses. For some countries, the three subsectors of agriculture, forestry, and fishing are completely specified. In other cases, complete disaggregations are not available. The dataset also provides statistics on the total credit to all industries, indicators on the share of credit to agricultural producers, and an agriculture orientation index (the agriculture share of credit, over the agriculture share of GDP).
    • février 2017
      Source : Numbeo
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Crime Index is an estimation of overall level of crime in a given city or a country. We consider crime levels lower than 20 as very low, crime levels between 20 and 40 as being low, crime levels between 40 and 60 as being moderate, crime levels between 60 and 80 as being high and finally crime levels higher than 80 as being very high.Safety index is, on the other way, quite opposite of crime index. If the city has a high safety index, it is considered very safe.
    • février 2013
      Source : RAND Corporation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • juin 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from crop residues consist of direct and indirect nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions from nitrogen (N) in crop residues and forage/pasture renewal left on agricultural fields by farmers. Specifically, N2O is produced by microbial processes of nitrification and de-nitrification taking place on the deposition site (direct emissions), and after volatilization/re-deposition and leaching processes (indirect emissions). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories, Vol. 4, Ch. 2 and 11(http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided as direct, indirect and total by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by crop and N content in residues.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Monthly and Cumulative Crude Oil Imports in Intra EU, December 2016 Note: (1) Source: Council Regulation (EC) n°2964/95 of 20 December 1995. (2) The cif price includes the fob price (the price actually invoiced at the port of loading), the cost of transport, insurance and certain charges linked to crude oil transfer operations. (3) Due to confidentiality Czech Republic is excluded from EU(28). (4) For Romania November-2016 and December-2016 are estimations derived from Eurostat data
    • juin 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      GHG emissions data from cultivation of organic soils are those associated with nitrous oxide gas from cultivated organic soils under cropland (item: cropland organic soils) and grassland (item: grassland organic soils). The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by cropland, grassland and by the two aggregated. Implied emission factor for N2O as well activity data (areas) are also provided.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Pan American Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1. Incidence rate (autochthonous suspected + autochthonous confirmed) / 100,000 population.2. Deaths among Zika cases do not include deaths related to Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS) or congenital malformations associated with Zika virus infection. As of 12 May 2016, previously reported deaths related to GBS were removed from this total.3. Confirmed congenital syndrome associated with Zika virus infection case definition: Live newborn who meets the criteria for a suspected case of congenital syndrome associated with Zika virus AND Zika virus infection was detected in specimens of the newborn, regardless of detection of other pathogens
    • mai 2017
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a cross rates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
  • D
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Secretariat of Labor and Social Welfare, Mexico
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Daily wage, workers associated with the formal sector (IMSS) by state, Frequency: Monthly. Unit: MXN. 2000-2016. For the topic "Minimum Salary" , The council of representatives of the CONASAMI resolved , from November 27, 2012 , to unify the geographical areas A and B with the same minimum wage ( $ 62.33 ) . Meanwhile , the geographical area C is marked B.
    • mars 2015
      Source : Bank of Canada
      Téléchargé par : Kirill Kosenkov
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Bank of Canada’s Credit Rating Assessment Group (CRAG) comprehensive database of sovereign defaults draws on previously published data sets compiled by various official and private sector sources. It combines elements of these, together with new information, to develop estimates of stocks of government obligations in default, including bonds and other marketable securities, bank loans, and official loans in default, valued in U.S. dollars, for the years 1975 to 2014 on both a country-by-country and a global basis. This update of CRAG’s database, and subsequent updates, will be useful to researchers analyzing the economic and financial effects of individual sovereign defaults and, importantly, the impact on global financial stability of episodes involving multiple sovereign defaults.
    • mars 2014
      Source : Center for Systemic Peace
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The following table lists 328 episodes of armed conflict (including 30 ongoing cases) that comprise a comprehensive accounting of all forms of major armed conflicts in the world over the contemporary period: 1946-2013
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains three earnings-dispersion measures - ratio of 9th-to-1st, 9th-to-5th and 5th-to-1st - where ninth, fifth (or median) and first deciles are upper-earnings decile limits, unless otherwise indicated, of gross earnings of full-time dependent employees. The dataset also includes series on:the incidence of low-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning less than two-thirds of gross median earnings of all full-time workers;the incidence of high of high-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning more than one-and-half time gross median earnings of all full-time workers;gender wage gap unadjusted and defined as the difference between median wages of men and women relative to the median wages of men.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The objective of this dataset is to trace net changes in terms of volume in the growing stock of standing wood on forest land. It shows data underlying the indicator on the intensity of use of forest resources. This indicator relates actual fellings to annual productive capacity (i.e. gross increment). Forest depletion and growth describe balances or imbalances in different types of forests. The intensity of use of forest resources reflects various forest management methods and their sustainability. These data should be read in connection with other indicators of the OECD Core Set, in particular with indicators on land use changes and forest quality (species diversity, forest degradation), and be complemented with data on forest management practices and protection measures. In interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that definitions and estimation methods vary among countries.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Financing Global Health 2016 is the eighth edition of IHME’s annual series on global health spending and health financing. In addition to describing the trends in development assistance for health (DAH), this year’s report features an expanded discussion of domestic spending across low-, middle-, and high-income countries to describe the context in which DAH operates, identify health financing gaps, and support the pursuit of universal health coverage. Also new in Financing Global Health this year are detailed data for the funding of specific program areas within DAH for malaria and more thorough analysis of DAH for health system strengthening. This adds to the existing detailed tracking of DAH by program area for HIV/AIDS, maternal, newborn, and child health, and non-communicable diseases (NCDs). The coverage of domestic health spending builds on data and analyses presented in two papers published this year: “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Evolution and patterns of global health financing 1995–2014: development assistance for health, and government, prepaid private, and out-of-pocket health spending in 184 countries,” and “Global Burden of Disease Financing Global Health Collaborator Network. Future and potential spending on health 2015–2040 by government, prepaid private, out-of-pocket, and donor financing for 184 countries.” Both analyses were published in The Lancet in April 2017. More information about these data and methods are found in the online methods annex.
    • janvier 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Notes: 1. Using subscription number of fixed broadband as the speed indicator is aiming at excluding the data collected on mobile (cellular) networks. 2. Using subscription number of sum of fixed and wireless broadband as the speed indicator is based on the data collected on unspecified netwroks. 3. These speed indicators are averages of all tests done in the quarter using the M-Lab sites (servers) located in corresponding regions of countries. The regions are specified as Australia, Europe including Turkey, Japan, New Zealand, and North and South America. Number of NDT tests listed on the right corresponds to the same tests done in each region. 4. These speed indicators are averages of all tests done in the quarter and calculated by daily data. Table included to this dataset. Table 2.42. Actual download speeds, Fixed or unspecified broadband, from Akamai, M-Lab and Ookla, 1Q2014
    • septembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data is a snapshot of Sept,2014   Table used in this dataset are: 1. Table 2.38. Average advertised download and upload speeds, Fixed BB, by technology, Sep. 2014 2. Table 2.39. Advertised download speed, Fixed broadband, Sep. 2014 3. Table 2.41. Advertised download speed, Mobile broadband, Sep. 2014
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Table Used in this dataset is:   Table 2.16. Total fixed broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants in the OECD area
    • décembre 2013
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Notes: 1. Total communication access paths = (analogue lines + ISDN lines + DSL + cable modem + fibre + other broadband + mobile subscribers). 2. Fixed telephone access paths: analogue + ISDN lines.   Tables used in this dataset: 1. Table 2.6. Total communication access paths in the OECD area2. Table 2.7. Total communication access paths per 100 inhabitants in the OECD area3. Table 2.8. Fixed telephone access paths in the OECD area4. Table 2.9. Standard analogue telecommunication access lines in the OECD area .
    • décembre 2013
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      MiTT = minutes of international telecommunications traffic. For Germany the MiTT includes VoIP and local traffic.   Tables used in this dataset: 1. Table 2.32. Cellular mobile voice traffic2. Table 2.33. Cellular mobile traffic per mobile subscriber per year3. Table 2.34. International telecommunication traffic 4. Table 2.43. Data traffic volume
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Notes: 1. Korea’s actual number of hosts may be underestimated as the ISC survey methodology relies on ARPA zone information which is not reported by Korean network Tables used in this dataset are: 1. Table 2.55. Internet hosts by domain, 1998-2014 2. Table 2.56. Web servers by domain, 2000-14 3. Table 2.50. Domain name registrations under top level domains, 2000-2014
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: 1. The IPv6 user ratio record the percentage of users within each country who are capable of using IPv6. The value is derived from an experimental process that involves testing a randomly selected set of end users on a daily basis. The country codes reflect the location of the recipient of the address allocation and not necessarily that of the location of deployment of the addresses. 2. The data point is end of Ocotber for 2014. 3. Average of daily numbers collected throughout September and October 2014.   Tables that are included to this dataset. Table 2.44. Routed autonomous systems by country, 1997-2014Table 2.45. IPv6 cumulative allocations by RIRTable 2.46. IPv6 allocations by RIR, yearly basisTable 2.47. IPv4 and IPv6 enabled autonomous systems per country, 2014Table 2.48. IPv6 user penetration ratesTable 2.49. Percentage of Content (Web page) available over IPv6 Table 2.51. Cumulative total of IPv4 address allocations by country, 1997-2014Table 2.52. Routed IPv4 addresses by country, 1997-2014Table 2.53. Routed autonomous systems by country and type, 2014Table 2.54. Average routed IPv4 addresses per AS by country, 1997-2014
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Tables used in this dataset are:  Table 2.10. Cellular mobile subscriptions in the OECD areaTable 2.11. Cellular mobile penetration, subscriptions per 100 inhabitantsTable 2.12. Mobile pre-paid subscriptionsTable 2.13. 3G cellular mobile subscriptions in the OECD areaTable 2.14. IP telephone subscriptions in the OECD areaTable 2.15. Total fixed broadband subscriptions in the OECD areaTable 2.16. Total fixed broadband subscriptions per 100 inhabitants in the OECD areaTable 2.18. Total wireless broadband subscriptions in the OECD area
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Table included to this dataset: Table 2.57. Secure servers by country, 1998-2014
    • décembre 2013
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Notes: 1. Calculations include estimates 2. Data for Germany (2011), Japan (2011), Hungary (2011), Israel (2010 and 2011), Poland (2010 and 2011), Portugal (2011), United Kingdom (2010) and United States (2011) are estimates.Revenue calculations rely on estimates 3. The total OECD CAGR (2001-2011) calculation excludes Chile, Israel and Slovenia Table usedin this dataset are: 1. 2.26: Public telecommunication investment in the OECD area 2. Tables included to this dataset, Table 2.21. Telecommunication revenue in the OECD area Table 2.22. Telecommunication revenue as a percentage of GDPTable 2.23. Telecommunication revenue ratiosTable 2.24. Mobile telecommunication revenueTable 2.25. Cellular mobile telecommunication revenue per cellular mobile subscriptionsTable 2.26. Public telecommunication investment in the OECD areaTable 2.27. Telecommunication investment by regionTable 2.28. Public telecommunication investment as a percentage of telecommunications revenueTable 2.29. Investment in cellular mobile infrastructure in the OECD area Table 2.30. Public telecommunication investment per total communication access pathTable 2.31. Public telecommunication investment per capita
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Tables used in this dataset are:   Table 2.17. Total fixed broadband subscriptions by access technologyTable 2.19. Total wireless broadband subscriptions by access technology
    • décembre 2013
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Luxembourg is included in Belgium prior to 1999. Trade data for China are estimates corrected for re-exports/re-imports from Hong Kong SAR of China. Tables included to this dataset. Table 2.35. Total staff in telecommunications services Table 2.36. Communication equipment exports, USD millionsTable 2.37. Communication equipment imports, USD millions a.
    • août 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Table included to this dataset. Table 2.70. OECD basket of national leased line charges, monthly price, VAT excluded, Aug. 2014
    • mai 2007
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 mai, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct Investment Abroad: Reinvestment of Earnings Without Current Cost Adjustment, United States
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis:  Country Detail by Industry, United States
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the different transactions and balances to get from the GDP to the net lending/net borrowing. Therefore, it includes, in particular, national disposable income (gross and net), consumption of fixed capital as well as net saving.
    • septembre 2012
      Source : Americans for Divorce Reform
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • mars 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code Top Level Domains.2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2008
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Peter Speyer
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
  • E
    • juillet 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 août, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Tables show earmarked grants classified into the 10 functions (or policy areas) for which they are disbursed. Functions are the same as used in the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) by the System of National Accounts. A 'miscellaneous' category has been added to these 10 functions to allow for situations where a precise breakdown by function is not available.
    • juillet 2013
      Source : Earth Policy Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 juillet, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • février 2015
      Source : U.S. Geological Survey
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 avril, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2010
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Fraser Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The economic freedom index measures the degree of economic freedom present in five major areas: [1] Size of Government; [2] Legal System and Security of Property Rights; [3] Sound Money; [4] Freedom to Trade Internationally; [5] Regulation. Within the five major areas, there are 24 components (area) in economic freedom index. Each component and sub-component is placed on a scale from 0 to 10.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 mai, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Long Term Baseline analyzes the major economic trends beyond the OECD short-term projections. For all OECD economies, and the major non-OECD economies, it provides coverage of components of potential growth, fiscal balances and debt accumulation, domestic saving and investment balances, and external balances (through the current account). It also includes interest rates consistent with those projections. The database contains annual data to 2060. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Annual National Accounts, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and Eurostat.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains data on economic short-time workers by professional status (employees or total employment). Economic short-time workers comprise workers who are working less than usual due to business slack, plant stoppage, or technical reasons. However, the definitions are not harmonised which hampers the comparison across countries. Data are broken down professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • décembre 2012
      Source : Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 mai, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Ministry of Finance, Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source: Department of Commerce based on DGCI&S data. The dataset provides the data on the direction of imports and exports by regions and Countries in rupee crores and U.S. dollar, million.
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Edelman
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      6Edelman Trust Barometer reveals that trust is in crisis around the world. The general population’s trust in all four key institutions — business, government, NGOs, and media — has declined broadly, a phenomenon not reported since Edelman began tracking trust among this segment in 2012.With the fall of trust, the majority of respondents now lack full belief that the overall system is working for them. In this climate, people’s societal and economic concerns, including globalization, the pace of innovation and eroding social values, turn into fears, spurring the rise of populist actions now playing out in several Western-style democracies.To rebuild trust and restore faith in the system, institutions must step outside of their traditional roles and work toward a new, more integrated operating model that puts people — and the addressing of their fears — at the center of everything they do.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Countries report expenditures by public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions. These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private). Expenditure is classified into current and capital expenditure. Current expenditure is then broken down, into expenditure on compensation of personnel, and expenditure on other (non-personnel) resources.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : United Nations Development Programme
      Téléchargé par : Misha Gusev
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Calculated using Mean Years of Schooling and Expected Years of Schooling.
    • juin 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • juillet 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 août, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Pensions at a Glance indicators, covering all 34 OECD countries, are designed to show future entitlements for workers who entered the labour market in 2008 and spend their entire working lives under the same set of rules. The results presented here include all mandatory pension schemes for private-sector workers, regardless of whether they are public or private.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of savanna consist of methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) gases produced from the burning of vegetation biomass in the following five land cover types: Savanna, Woody Savanna, Open Shrublands, Closed Shrublands, and Grasslands. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (savanna, woody savanna, closed shrubland, open shrubland, grassland) and by aggregates (all categories, savanna and woody savanna, closed and open shrubland). Implied emission factors for N2O and CH4 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • juin 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Manure ManagementGreenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from manure management consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from aerobic and anaerobic manure decomposition processes. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4, Gg N2O and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), chickens (broilers and layers), ducks, goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding, market), turkeys) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, chickens, mules and asses, poultry birds, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factors, direct and indirect emissions (for both N2O and CO2eq) as well as N content in manure are also provided.
    • février 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions from burning of biomass consist of methane and nitrous oxide gases from biomass combustion of forest land cover classes ‘Humid and Tropical Forest’ and ‘Other Forests’, and of methane, nitrous oxide, and carbon dioxide gases from combustion of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CH4, Gg N2O, Gg CO2, Gg CO2eq and Gg CO2eq from both CH4 and N2O, by land cover class (humid tropical forest, other forest, organic soils) and by aggregate (burning - all categories). Implied emission factors for N2O, CH4 and CO2 as well activity data (burned area and biomass burned) are also provided.
    • février 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from cropland are currently limited to emissions from cropland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under cropland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol5.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • février 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Annual net CO2 emission/removal from Forest Land consist of net carbon stock gain/loss in the living biomass pool (aboveground and belowground biomass) associated with Forest and Net Forest Conversion. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html) and using area and carbon stocks data compiled by countries in the FAO Global Forest Resource Assessments (http://www.fao.org/forestry/fra/en/). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net stock change Gg C, net emissions/removals Gg CO2 and CO2eq, by forest or net forest conversion and by aggregate (forest land). Implied emission factor for CO2 as well as activity data (area, net area difference, total forest area and carbon stock in living biomass) are also given.
    • février 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions data from grassland are currently limited to emissions from grassland organic soils. They are those associated with carbon losses from drained histosols under grassland. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol6.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, region and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as net emissions/removal Gg CO2 and Gg CO2eq. Implied emission factor for C, net stock change Gg C and activity data (area) are also provided.
    • février 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Land Use Total contains all GHG emissions and removals produced in the different Land Use sub-domains, representing the three IPCC Land Use categories: cropland, forest land, and grassland, collectively called emissions/removals from the Forestry and Other Land Use (FOLU) sector. FOLU emissions consist of CO2 (carbon dioxide), CH4 (methane) and N2O (nitrous oxide) associated with land management activities. CO2 emissions/removals are derived from estimated net carbon stock changes in above and below-ground biomass pools of forest land, including forest land converted to other land uses. CH4 and N2O, and additional CO2 emissions are estimated for fires and drainage of organic soils. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/index.html). GHG emissions are provided as by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1990-present (with annual updates), expressed as Gg CO2eq from CH4 and N2O, net emissions/removals as GG CO2 and Gg CO2eq, by underlying land use emission sub-domain and by aggregate (land use total).
    • mai 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides selected information on emissions of traditional air pollutants: emission data are based upon the best available engineering estimates for a given period; they concern man-made emissions of sulphur oxides (SOx), nitrogen oxides (NOx), particulate matter, carbon monoxide (CO) and volatile organic compounds (VOC). The share of human activities as a source in total emissions of traditional air pollutants varies depending on the type of pollutant; most SOx emissions are man-made whereas CO and NOx emissions are mainly of natural origin.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Employment, participation rates: population aged 15-64; Unemployment rate: active population aged 15-64.   Rates as defined by the International Labour Organization.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains the tenure composition (as a percentage of all job tenures). Data are broken down by professional status - employees and total employment - sex, five-year and broad age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 15-64, total, etc.).Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been working with their current employers. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are reported 32 OECD countries and are missing for Israel and New Zealand as they are collected in their labour force surveys.Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 octobre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been in their current or main job or with their current employer. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are so far reported for a number of European countries and will be expanded to cover a greater number of countries.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains data on permanent and temporary workers based on the type of work contract of their main job. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • mars 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2016
      Source : International Energy Agency
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      ECD : Energy Prices
    • avril 2012
      Source : Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation, Government of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 décembre, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source: Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas. Note: Annual changes and shares of total are calculated using million tonnes per annum figures.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • septembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Enrollment rate per age is the percentage of students enrolled in each type of institution over the total of students.
    • juin 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from enteric fermentation consist of methane gas produced in digestive systems of ruminants and to a lesser extent of non-ruminants. The FAOSTAT emissions database is computed following Tier 1 IPCC 2006 Guidelines for National GHG Inventories vol. 4, ch. 10 and 11 (http://www.ipcc-nggip.iges.or.jp/public/2006gl/vol4.html). GHG emissions are provided by country, regions and special groups, with global coverage, relative to the period 1961-present (with annual updates) and with projections for 2030 and 2050, expressed both as Gg CH4 and Gg CO2eq, by livestock species (asses, buffaloes, camels, cattle (dairy and non-dairy), goats, horses, llamas, mules, sheep, swine (breeding and market)) and by species aggregates (all animals, camels and llamas, cattle, mules and asses, sheep and goats, swine). Implied emission factor for CH4 and activity data are also provided
    • mars 2017
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      1: Most surveys were administered using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology as outlined in the Methodology page, while some others did not strictly adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For example, for surveys which do not follow the Global Methodology, the Universe under consideration may have consisted of only manufacturing firms or the questionnaire used may have been different from the standard global questionnaire. Data users should exercise caution when comparing raw data and point estimates between surveys that did and did not adhere to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology. For surveys which did not adhere to the Global Methodology plus Afghanistan 2008, any inference from one of these surveys is representative only for the data sample itself. 2: Regional and "all countries" averages of indicators are computed by taking a simple average of country-level point estimates. For each economy, only the latest available year of survey data is used in this computation. Only surveys, posted during the years 2009-2015, and adhering to the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology are used to compute these regional and "all countries" averages. 3: Descriptions of firm subgroup levels, e.g. how the ex post groupings are constructed, are provided in the Indicator Descriptions (PDF, 710KB) document. 4: Statistics derived from less than or equal to five firms are displayed with an "n.a." to maintain confidentiality and should be distinguished from ".." which indicates missing values. Also note for three growth-related indicators under the "Performance" topic, these indicators are not computed when they are derived from less than 30 firms. 5: Standard errors are labeled "n.c.", meaning not computed, for the following:    1) indicators for all surveys that were not conducted using the Enterprise Surveys Global Methodology and    2) for indicator breakdowns by ex post groupings: exporter or ownership type, and gender of the top manager.
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 octobre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 septembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Environmental Performance Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Environmental Performance Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A “proximity-to-target methodology” is used to assess how close each country is to an identified policy target. Country scores are determined by how close or far countries are to targets. Scores are standardized (i.e., on a scale of 0 to 100) for comparability, weighting, and aggregation. The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Environmental Policy Stringency Index (EPS) is a country-specific and internationally-comparable measure of the stringency of environmental policy. Stringency is defined as the degree to which environmental policies put an explicit or implicit price on polluting or environmentally harmful behaviour. The index ranges from 0 (not stringent) to 6 (highest degree of stringency). The index covers 28 OECD and 6 BRIICS countries for the period 1990-2012. The index is based on the degree of stringency of 14 environmental policy instruments, primarily related to climate and air pollution.
    • juin 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Unit of measure used Environmental protection (EP) includes all purposeful activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment resulting from production or consumption processes. The scope of Environmental Protection is defined according to the Classification of Environmental Protection Activities (CEPA), which distinguishes nine different environmental domains. Activities such as energy and material saving are only included to the extent that they mainly aim at environmental protection. An important example is recycling which is included only to the extent that it constitutes a substitute for waste management. Excluded are: (i) activities that, while beneficial to the environment, primarily satisfy technical needs or health and safety requirements for the protection of the workplace. (ii) expenditure linked to mobilisation of natural resources (e.g., water supply). (iii) calculated cost items such as depreciation (consumption of fixed capital) or the cost of capital as this questionnaire only records actual outlays. (iv) payments of interest, fines and penalties for non-compliance with environmental regulations or compensations to third parties etc., as they are not directly linked with an environmental protection activity. Environmental Protection Expenditure can be evaluated both according to the abater principle and the financing principle. This distinction makes it possible to aggregate different sectors and industries without double counting. Expenditure according to the abater principle (EXP I), includes all expenditure that the sector has for measures they themselves execute. Any economic benefits directly linked with the environmental protection activities (Receipts from by-products) are deducted in order to calculate the net amount of money spent by the sector for their own activities. The financing principle (EXP II) measures how much money a particular sector (directly) contributes to overall environmental protection activities, wherever they are executed. This means that the part of EXP I that was directly financed by others (through subsidies or revenues received) should be deducted, while the part of EXP I in other sectors that this sector finances directly (through subsidies or fees paid) should be added. The framework is based on double entry bookkeeping, where each activity and expenditure item has an abater (producer) and a financing side. This means that much expenditure by specialised producers is financed by the users of their services, mainly business sector and households. This will be recorded as Revenues for the Specialised producers (Table 4), and fees/purchases in Business and Households (Tables 2 and 3). Specialised producers include the production of environmental protection services by public and private corporations or quasi-corporations for the use of other units, mainly financed by the users of these services. These are mainly activities within ISIC Rev. 4/NACE Rev. 2 division and classes 37, 38.1, 38.2 and 39 such as: 37 Sewerage, 38.1 Waste collection, 38.2 Waste treatment and disposal, 39  Remediation activities and other waste management services. This sector is the sum of two components: a) Public specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are subject to control by government units. Control is defined as the ability to determine general corporate policy by choosing appropriate directors, if necessary (Table 4A). b) Private specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are not subject to control by government units (Table 4B). Specialised producers could also include for example the activities of e.g. volunteer environmental organisations or secondary environmental activities. These should be entered along with a footnote describing the coverage. CEPA domains: a column "pollution abatement and control" (PAC) has been kept in the questionnaire to ensure continuity with earlier data series.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      EAMFP growth measures the residual growth in the joint production of both the desirable and the undesirable outputs that cannot be explained by changes in the consumption of factor inputs (including labour, produced capital and natural capital). Therefore, for a given growth of input use, EAMFP increases when GDP increases or when pollution decreases.As part of the growth accounting framework underlying the EAMFP indicator, the growth contribution of natural capital and growth adjustment for pollution abatement indicators are derived:Growth contribution of natural capital - measures to what extent a country's growth in output is attributable to natural resource use;Growth adjustment for pollution abatement - measures to what extent a country's GDP growth should be corrected for pollution abatement efforts - adding what has been undervalued due to resources being diverted to pollution abatement, or deducing the ‘excess' growth which is generated at the expense of environmental quality.
    • août 2011
      Source : Multiple Sources
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • septembre 2016
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • janvier 2010
      Source : European Commission
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • mai 2012
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 novembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Multiple Sources
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 septembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trade marks constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trade marks reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trade mark data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of Trade marks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. This domain provides users with data concerning European Union Trade marks. European Union Trade marks refer to trade mark protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of European Union Trade marks and Designs. A European Union Trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with EUIPO in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the EUTM Regulations (Source: EUIPO).
    • septembre 2017
      Source : XE
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains the exchange rate of 1USD to their country local currency.
    • février 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National currencies are converted in United States dollars (USD) using IMF monthly average conversion rates.
    • octobre 2015
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Recent exchange rate movements have been unusually large, triggering a debate regarding their likely effects on trade. Historical experience in advanced and emerging market and developing economies suggests that exchange rate movements typically have sizable effects on export and import volumes. A 10 percent real effective depreciation in an economy’s currency is associated with a rise in real net exports of, on average, 1.5 percent of GDP, with substantial cross-country variation around this average. Although these effects fully materialize over a number of years, much of the adjustment occurs in the first year. The boost to exports associated with currency depreciation is found to be largest in countries with initial economic slack and with domestic financial systems that are operating normally. Some evidence suggests that the rise of global value chains has weakened the relationship between exchange rates and trade in intermediate products used as inputs into other economies’ exports. However, the bulk of global trade still consists of conventional trade, and there is little evidence of a general trend toward disconnect between exchange rates and total exports and imports.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : InterNations
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • septembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Countries report expenditures by sources of funds: Governement (central, regional, local); International agencies and other foreign sources; Households and Other private entities (including firms and religious institutions and other non-profit organisations). Three types of financial transactions can be distinguished: -direct expenditure/payments on educational institutions -Intergovernmental transfers for education -Transfers to students or households and to other private entities.
    • juillet 2012
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source : United States Department of Agriculture; International Monetary Fund; UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs; Food and Agriculture Organization, The World Bank
    • août 2016
      Source : U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 septembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Percent of household final consumption expenditures spent on food, alcoholic beverages, and tobacco that were consumed at home, 2009-2012. The data are computed by Birgit Meade (202-694-5159), ERS/USDA, EUROMONITOR data, June 2015.
    • septembre 2016
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 octobre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents trade in services by service category for individual countries, expressed in millions of dollars and as percentages of a country's total trade in services. The commercial services, which exclude government services and follow the GATS definition, are included as well.
    • juillet 2014
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 juillet, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table is a compilation of statistics of trade in goods and services as reported in the Balance of Payments. The conceptual framework used for the compilation is based on the IMF Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5, 1993).
    • mars 2017
      Source : Coffee Board of India
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mars 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Air pollution is considered one of the most pressing environmental and health issues across OECD countries and beyond. According to the World Health Organisation (WHO), exposure to fine particulate matter (PM2.5) has potentially the most significant adverse effects on health compared to other pollutants. PM2.5 can be inhaled and cause serious health problems including both respiratory and cardiovascular disease, having its most severe effects on children and elderly people. Exposure to PM2.5 has been shown to considerably increase the risk of heart disease and stroke in particular. For these reasons, population exposure to (outdoor or ambient) PM2.5 has been identified as an OECD Green Growth headline indicator.The underlying PM2.5 concentrations estimates are taken from van Donkelaar et al. (2016). They have been derived using satellite observations and a chemical transport model, calibrated to global ground-based measurements using Geographically Weighted Regression at 0.01° resolution. The underlying population data, Gridded Population of the World, version 4 (GPWv4) are taken from the Socioeconomic Data and Applications Center (SEDAC) at the NASA. The underlying boundary geometries are taken from the Global Administrative Unit Layers (GAUL) developed by the FAO, and the OECD Territorial Classification, when available.The current version of the database presents much more variation with respect to the previous one. The reason is that the underlying concentration estimates previously included smoothed multi-year averages and interpolations; while in the current version annual concentration estimates are used. Establishing trends of pollution exposure should be done with care, especially at smaller output areas, as their inputs (e.g. underlying data and models) can change from year to year. We recommend using a 3-year moving average for visualization.
    • septembre 2013
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 octobre, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents information on the external long-term indebtedness of developing economies (as debtors), expressed in millions of dollars, expressed as percentage of total long-term debt, as percentage of debt source and as percentage of region. The table also provides breakdown of public and publicly guaranteed debt by source of lending (as creditors).
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Ministry of Finance, Republic of China (Taiwan)
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
  • F
    • juin 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD Factbook provides a global overview of today's major economic, social and environmental indicators which cover a wide range of areas: agriculture, economic production, education, energy, environment, foreign aid, health, industry, information and communications, international trade, labor force, population, taxation, public expenditure and R&D. More countries than ever are covered in greater detail, enabling direct comparisons for many indicators between OECD Members and Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation and South Africa.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The dataset includes data on gross and net production indices for various food and agriculture aggregates expressed in both totals and per capita.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 août, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the programme is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure changes over time in the general level of prices of consumer goods and services that households acquire, use or pay for consumption. This is done by measuring the cost of purchasing a fixed basket of consumer goods and services of constant quality and similar characteristics, with the products in the basket being selected to be representative of households’ expenditure during a year or other specified period.   Note: For some countries quarterly data is mentioned as monthly data because of quarter (Time period of quarter) differs across countries. Please go to the link: "http://fenixservices.fao.org/faostat/static/documents/CP/CPI_e.pdf" for detail about countries' National index reference period, definition, data details.    
    • juin 2012
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset represents Food Consumption, Food Production and Trade by various Food items. Note: data represent values for time periods (1990-1992, 1995-97, 2000-02, 2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period (1992, 1997, 2002, 2007).
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Data represent values for time periods (1990-1992,1995-97,2000-02,2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period(1992,1997,2002,2007).
    • avril 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Price domain of FAOSTAT contains annual data on prices received by farmers (called Producer prices) for primary crops, live animals, livestock primary products as collected at the point of initial sale (prices paid at the farm-gate). Data are provided for over 130 countries and for some 200 commodities, representing over 97 percent of the world’s value of gross agricultural production (at 1999-2001 International Dollar Prices). PriceSTAT contains data from 1991 onwards. The Price domain provides price data in three units: i) Local Currency Units (LCU) ii) Standard Local Currency (SLC) iii) US Dollars.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Producer Price Indices - AnnualIndices of agricultural producer prices measure the average annual change over time in the selling prices received by farmers (prices at the farm-gate or at the first point of sale). Annual data are provided for over 80 countries. The three categories of producer price indices available in FAOSTAT comprise: Single-item price indices, Commodity group indices and the Agriculture producer price index.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Farmers produce food and fiber using a wide variety of farm practices and management systems that differ by commodity, region, and farm and operator characteristics. The mix of inputs, practices, and technologies used by farmers, when combined with land, labor, and water resources, affects production costs; farm income; and soil, water and air quality.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • octobre 2011
      Source : Food and Agricultural Policy Research Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 décembre, 2012
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FAPRI U.S. and World Outlook presents multi-year projections for the United States and world agricultural sectors. These projections serve as a baseline for evaluating and comparing alternative macroeconomic, policy, weather, and technological scenarios. These reports have been produced annually and used by congressional and agricultural leaders since 1985.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FDI data are based on statistics provided by 35 OECD member countries.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise.The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise.The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FDI statistics cover all entities in an FDI relationship. An FDI relationship is established when an investor in one country acquires 10% or more of the voting power in a business enterprise in another country. The investor is also called a direct investor or a parent and the business enterprise is called a direct investment enterprise or an affiliate. The 10 percent criteria is used to establish that the direct investor has a significant degree of influence over the operations of the direct investment enterprise. The FDI population includes affiliates that are directly and indirectly owned by the parent. In direct ownership, the parent owns the 10% or more voting power itself. In indirect ownership, the parent controls an affiliate that in turn owns 10 percent or more of the voting power in another enterprise. The FDI population also includes enterprises that are not in a direct investment relationship themselves but have a direct investor in common. Called fellow enterprises, they are included because, even though there is no direct investment relationship between the two, any transactions between them likely resulted from the influence that their common direct investor has on both of their operations.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • avril 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 mai, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Source: OECD International direct investment database, IMFReference:Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment, 3rd edition   Foreign direct investment reflects the objective of obtaining a lasting interest by a resident entity in one economy (‘‘direct investor'') in anentity resident in an economy other than that of the investor (‘‘direct investment enterprise''). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. Direct investment involves both the initial transaction between the two entities and all subsequent capital transactions between them and among affiliated enterprises, both incorporated and unincorporated.
    • juin 2010
      Source : International Federation of Association Football
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      FIFA is the international governing body of association football, futsal and beach soccer. Its membership comprises 209 national associations. Its headquarters are in Zurich, Switzerland, and its president is Sepp Blatter. FIFA is responsible for the organisation of football's major international tournaments, notably the World Cup.
    • août 2013
      Source : International Fertilizer Industry Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 octobre, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Assessment of Fertilizer Use by Crop at the Global Level 2011. Fully understanding the contribution of the different crop types to fertilizer use at national, regional and global levels is a prerequisite to the development of sound fertilizer demand forecasts. IFA gathers information on fertilizer use by crop in the main fertilizer-consuming countries. IFA's Assessment currently covers 23 countries (considering the EU-27 as a single country), which account together for more than 90% of world fertilizer consumption, making it possible to analyze fertilizer use by crop type at the global level.
    • août 2017
      Source : International Federation of Association Football
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Monthly updates of FIFA World Football Men's Ranking 
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the final consumption expenditure of households broken down by the COICOP (Classification of Individual Consumption According to Purpose) classification and by durability.  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The FAS is the sole source of global supply-side data on financial inclusion, encompassing internationally-comparable basic indicators of financial access and usage. From 2014, FAS also includes indicators for mobile money. In addition to providing policy makers and researchers with annual geographic and demographic data on access to basic consumer financial services worldwide, the FAS is the data source for the G-20 Basic Set of Financial Inclusion Indicators endorsed by the G-20 at the Los Cabos Summit in 2012.  The FAS database currently contains 152 time series and 47 key indicators which are grouped into two dimensions: (i) geographic outreach of financial services; and (ii) use of financial services. The database includes annual data from 2004 and metadata for the reporting jurisdictions.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National Accounts - Volume IIIb - Financial Balance Sheets - Stocks, which record the stocks of financial assets and liabilities by institutional sectors, at the end of the accounting period, and are presented in two tables: Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, consolidated and Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, non consolidated.Statistics are reported at current prices in millions of national currency and in millions of Euros for OECD countries which are members of the Euro zone: Austria, Belgium, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia and Spain.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National Accounts - Volume IIIb - Financial Balance Sheets - Stocks, which record the stocks of financial assets and liabilities by institutional sectors, at the end of the accounting period, and are presented in two tables: Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, consolidated and Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, non consolidated.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The financial indicators in this dataset are constructed from OECD countries’ financial balance sheets (stocks): these ratios are considered as relevant to analyse the position and performance of the various institutional sectors. They comprise for instance: Financial net worth of Households and NPISHs, as a percentage of GDI; Non-financial corporations debt to equity ratio; Private sector debt; Leverage of the banking sector; General government debt, as a percentage of GDP.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Financial Soundness Indicators (FSIs) were developed by the IMF, together with the international community, with aim of supporting analysis and assessing strengths and vulnerabilities of financial systems. The Statistics Department of the IMF, disseminates data and metadata on selected FSIs provided by participating countries. For a description of the various FSIs, as well as the consolidation basis, consolidation adjustments, and accounting rules followed, please refer to the concepts and definitions document in the document tab. Reporting countries compile FSI data using different methodologies, which may also vary for different points in time for the same country. Users are advised to consult the accompanying metadata to conduct more meaning cross-country comparisons or to assess the evolution of a given FSI for any of the countries.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The statistics present information about total consumption of energy, electricity production and total consumption and imports and exports of energy.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistics on international trade in services describe Finnish enterprises’ international sales and imports of services by service type and target country.
    • février 2017
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Employment statistics are annual statistics providing data by region on the population’s economic activity and employment. From 2005, the employment pension insurance includes those aged 18 to 68, while previously the obligation to take out pension insurance for employees already started from the age of 14.This is visible in the employment statistics from 2005 onwards as a fall in employment by young people and a rise in the number of students.Statistics cannot be compiled reliably on employment by under-age people on the basis of register data.Citizenships are specified in the dataset if the number of people in the citizenship group exceeds 299.
    • mars 2017
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      These statistics on the structure of the population describe Finnish and foreign citizens permanently resident in Finland at the turn of the year.
    • octobre 2015
      Source : Florida-Caribbean Cruise Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Economic contribution of cruise tourism to the destination economies.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Statistics Finland
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct investments to Finland describe the capital that a foreign investor has invested directly in a unit located in Finland under the investors' control or influence.
    • juillet 2016
      Source : National Institute for Health and Welfare
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      In 2008, National Institute for Health and Welfare brought into use a new national system of accounting health expenditure and financing that is based on the OECD System of Health Accounts (SHA). The SHA system gathers data by function, provider and source of finance.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Cruise Market Watch
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Statistics on origin of cruise passengers.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      First Year Expenditures and Planned Total Expenditures for Investments Initiated in 2015, Country of UBO by Type of Investment
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies.The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below.The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies.The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below.The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fisheries R&D expenditures dataset presents the budgetary expenditures in research and development on total budgetary Fisheries Support Estimate (FSE) constructed using data extracted from the Fisheries Support Estimate (FSE)
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FSE database is intended to be the best source of information on fisheries policies in OECD members and participating non-OECD economies. It is designed to monitor and quantify developments in fisheries policy, to establish a common basis for policy dialogue among countries, and to provide economic data to assess the effectiveness and efficiency of policies. The FSE data collection is part of the more comprehensive data gathering carried out on an annual basis by the Fisheries Committee (COFI) of the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) from OECD members and participating non-OECD economies.Data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and fishery support estimate are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institutions designated as an official data source. The survey used for this exercise is the OECD Fisheries data questionnaire.   The annual time unit normally used in fishery statistics is the calendar or civil year, i.e., the period between 1 January and 31 December.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies.The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below.The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD FISH Unit, in collaboration with the Environment Directorate and the Directorate for Science, Technology and Innovation, has developed patent-based innovation indicators that are suitable for tracking developments in fisheries-related technologies.The search strategy for fisheries and aquaculture related technologies adopts a mixed solution with a definition of the technical field of interest in fisheries and aquaculture innovation complemented by keywords, e.g. by looking for keywords in the International Patent Classification (IPC) codes and checking manually the relevance of the results in the text of patents (in the title, the abstract, etc). Technology domains are detailed in the ANNEX attached below.The indicators allow the assessment of countries' and firms' innovative performance as well as the design of governments' fisheries, aquaculture and innovation policies.
    • mai 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Fisheries fleet: The FAO has a two dimensional definition, of which the OECD only uses the concept of fishing vessel. Fishery Fleet: The term "fishery fleet" or "fishery vessels" refers to mobile floating objects of any kind and size, operating in freshwater, brackishwater and marine waters which are used for catching, harvesting, searching, transporting, landing, preserving and/or processing fish, shellfish and other aquatic organisms, residues and plants.Fishing vessel: The term "fishing vessel" is used instead when the vessel is engaged only in catching operations. Gross Register Tonnage: The Gross Register Tonnage represents the total measured cubic content of the permanently enclosed spaces of a vessel, with some allowances or deductions for exempt spaces such as living quarters (1 gross register ton = 100 cubic feet = 2.83 cubic metres).
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated.. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to the new version of the annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • février 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food Balance Sheet presents a comprehensive picture of the pattern of a country's food supply during a specified reference period. The food balance sheet shows for each food item - i.e. each primary commodity and a number of processed commodities potentially available for human consumption - the sources of supply and its utilization. The total quantity of foodstuffs produced in a country added to the total quantity imported and adjusted to any change in stocks that may have occurred since the beginning of the reference period gives the supply available during that period. On the utilization side a distinction is made between the quantities exported, fed to livestock, used for seed, put to manufacture for food use and non-food uses, losses during storage and transportation, and food supplies available for human consumption. The per caput supply of each such food item available for human consumption is then obtained by dividing the respective quantity by the related data on the population actually partaking of it. Data on per caput food supplies are expressed in terms of quantity and - by applying appropriate food composition factors for all primary and processed products - also in terms of caloric value and protein and fat content.
    • février 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Commodity balances show balances of food and agricultural commodities in a standardized form. The scope of standardization is to present these data in a less detailed form for a selected number of commodities without causing any significant loss of the basic variables monitoring the agricultural sector. The selected commodities include the equivalents of their derived products falling in the same commodity group, but exclude the equivalents of by-products and derived commodities, which through processing, change their nature and become part of different commodity groups. A number of commodity/item aggregates have been included to offer synthetic information. Some of these are included with the aim of simplifying the extraction of all component commodities. Data shown in the item aggregates represent the sum of the component commodities as presented in this domain (standardized form). Commodity coverage: The commodity list in this domain has been generally confined to primary commodities - except for sugar, oils and fats and beverages. Whenever possible trade in processed commodities is expressed in the originating primary commodity equivalent. Rice is expressed in milled equivalent.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Knoema
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Collect food prices data in your country and earn up to $120 every month.We are looking for data collectors who will go to the specific markets weekly, collect data on food prices for about 25 items and submit them into our system.
    • février 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • février 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community.
    • juillet 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD food waste dataset is a compilation of available data related to food loss and food waste for 32 countries. The period covered may vary across different countries depending on data availability (globally ranging from 1993 to 2013). Several types of sources have been used: international organisations, government and national statistic institutes, OECD delegations, academic studies and private sector or>>/governmental analytical reports. When available, detailed information on sources is provided in the "variable def. and sources" (eg. references to an academic article or a government website).
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Forbes
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Most innovation rankings are popularity contests based on past performance or editorial whims. We set out to create something very different with the World’s Most Innovative Companies list, using the wisdom of the crowd. Our method relies on investors’ ability to identify firms they expect to be innovative now and in the future.
    • septembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Students are classified as foreign students (non-citizens) if they are not citizens of the country in which the data are collected. While pragmatic and operational, this classification is inappropriate for capturing student mobility because of differing national policies regarding the naturalisation of immigrants. Countries that have lower propensity to grant permanent residence to its immigrant populations are likely to report second generation immigrants as foreign students. Therefore, for student mobility and bilateral comparisons, interpretations of data based on the concept of foreign students should be made with caution. Students are classified as international students if they left their country of origin and moved to another country for the purpose of study. Depending on country-specific immigration legislation, mobility arrangements, and data availability, international students may be defined as students who are not permanent or usual residents of their country of study or alternatively as students who obtained their prior education in a different country, including another EU country.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The activities of multinational enterprises statistics available here provide a picture of the overall activities of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents and contain a wide variety of indicators of their financial structure and operations. These statistics cover items that are needed in analyzing the characteristics, performance, and economic impact of MNEs, and are obtained from mandatory surveys of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents conducted by BEA.
    • décembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • juin 2014
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 décembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrl8 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • septembre 2017
      Source : U.S. Census Bureau
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2017
      Source : Saudi Arabian Monetary Agency
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juillet 2015
      Source : United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2015
      Source : United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 mai, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The database contains data on the production and trade in round wood and primary wood and paper products for all countries and territories in the world. The main types of primary forest products included in are: round wood, sawn wood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. These products are detailed further. The definitions are available. The database contains details of the following topics: - Round wood removals (production) by type of wood and assortment - Production and trade in round wood, wood fuel and other basic products - Industrial round wood by assortment and species - Sawn wood, panels and other primary products - Pulp and paper & paperboard. More detailed information on wood products, including definitions, can be found at http://www.fao.org/forestry/statistics/80572/en/
    • mai 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      World and National CO2 Emissions from Fossil-Fuel Burning, Cement Manufacture, and Gas Flaring. Source: Tom Boden, Gregg Marland and Bob Andres (Oak Ridge National Laboratory)
    • mai 2017
      Source : Fund for Peace
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The FSI focuses on the indicators of risk and is based on thousands of articles and reports that are processed by our CAST Software from electronically available sources. Measures of fragility, like Demographic Pressures,Refugees and IDPs and etc., have been scaled on 0 to 10 where 10 is highest fragility and 0 no fragility.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Freedom House
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 03 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Freedom in the World is Freedom House’s flagship annual report, assessing the condition of political rights and civil liberties around the world. It is composed of numerical ratings and supporting descriptive texts for 195 countries and 15 territories. Freedom in the World has been published since 1973, allowing Freedom House to track global trends in freedom over more than 40 years. It has become the most widely read and cited report of its kind, used on a regular basis by policymakers, journalists, academics, activists, and many others.
    • avril 2012
      Source : Public Accountability Mechanisms
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Experts commonly support the notion that access to information is integral to the promotion of participation, transparency and accountability in any given society. A freedom of information framework aims at improving the efficiency of the government and increasing the transparency of its functioning by: 1. Regularly and reliably providing government documents to the public; 2. Educating the public on the significance of transparent government;3. Facilitating appropriate and relevant use of information in the lives of individuals
    • mars 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset shows the state and changes over time in the abstractions of freshwater resources in OECD countries. Water abstractions are a major pressure on freshwater resources, particularly from public water supplies, irrigation, industrial processes and cooling of electric power plants. It has significant implications for issues of quantity and quality of water resources. This dataset shows water abstractions by source (surface and ground water) and by major uses. Water abstractions refer to water taken from ground or surface water sources and conveyed to the place of use. If the water is returned to a surface water source, abstraction of the same water by the downstream user is counted again in compiling total withdrawal. When interpreting those data, it should be borne in mind that the definitions and estimation methods employed by Member countries may vary considerably among countries.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Austria: Long-term annual average 1961-90Belgium: Data exclude underground flows and include estimatesCanada: Long-term annual average 1971-2004Chile: Long-term annual average 2000-2014Colombia: Long-term annual average 1974-2012Czech Republic: The long-term annual average refers to the latest 20 yearsEstonia: Long-term annual average refers to the latest 30 years and includes only data about fresh surface waterFrance: Long-term annual average : 1981-2010. Inflow and outflow: outflow is computed using the throughput of rivers having their source in France but the mouth outside France; measures are taken at the French border using the daily throughputs.Germany: Long-term annual average 1993-2013Hungary: Long-term annual average 1971-2000Israel: Long-term annual average 2000-2013Japan: Long-term annual average 1971-2006Korea: Long-term annual average 1974-2003Latvia: Long-term annual average 2005-2013Lithuania: Long-term annual average 2000-2014Netherlands: Long-term annual average 1981-2010Norway: The data for precipitation and evotranspiration refer to the period LTAA (long-term annual average) 1961-90 whereas the others to the period LTAA 1981-2010, that is why precipitation minus evotranspiration is different from internal resources.Poland: Long-term annual average 1951-2014. Estimates on the base of mean annual flow. For more information, see: http://www.kzgw.gov.pl/ , http://www.pgi.gov.pl/ , http://www.psh.gov.pl/ , http://www.imgw.pl/Slovak Republic: Long-term annual average is 1961-1990 for internal resources, 1961-2000 for external inflowSlovenia: Long-term annual average is 1971-2000Sweden: Long-term annual average : 1990-2009. The difference between precipitation and evapotranspiration refers to storageSwitzerland: Long-term annual average : 1981-2010Turkey: Long-term annual average: data for internal flow refers to the period 1980-2011Costa Rica: The long-term annual average refers to 1990-2014
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains data on full-time and part-time employment based on a common definition of 30-usual weekly hours of work in the main job. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains data on full-time and part-time employment based on national definition. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons
    • novembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 février, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at:http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf. Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf. Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
  • G
    • août 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The G20 CPI has been calculated for the headline indicators only (CPI All items / HICP Total). It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year's relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). Other Aspects Recommended uses and limitations The G20 consists of the following economies: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, the Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Turkey, the United Kingdom, the United States, and the European Union. The G20 aggregate is calculated taking the fifteen individual country members of the G20 (other than France, Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom) plus the European Union as an aggregate. In calculating the monthly percentage change of the CPI G20 aggregate, the officially reported data for Argentina have been used. Data from January 2014 onwards exclude Argentina during 2014 for annual inflation rates and index series (2010=100).
    • août 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure inflation as price changes of a representative basket of goods and services typically purchased by households. The G20 CPI aggregate reflects national CPIs for all G20 countries (with the exception of Turkey) that are not part of the European Union (EU) while it reflects the Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) for the EU, its Member States and for Turkey. It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year’s relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). The table presents the data for all non-EU countries. The HICP tables for France, Germany, Italy, the United Kingdom, and the euro area and European Union can be found under the HICP tables.
    • août 2017
      Source : Global Database of Events, Language, and Tone
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GDELT Event Database records over 300 categories of physical activities around the world, from riots and protests to peace appeals and diplomatic exchanges, georeferenced to the city or mountain top, across the entire planet dating back to January 1, 1979 and updated every 15 minutes.Essentially it takes a sentence like "The United States criticized Russia yesterday for deploying its troops in Crimea, in which a recent clash with its soldiers left 10 civilians injured" and transforms this blurb of unstructured text into three structured database entries, recording US CRITICIZES RUSSIA, RUSSIA TROOP-DEPLOY UKRAINE (CRIMEA), and RUSSIA MATERIAL-CONFLICT CIVILIANS (CRIMEA).Nearly 60 attributes are captured for each event, including the approximate location of the action and those involved. This translates the textual descriptions of world events captured in the news media into codified entries in a grand "global spreadsheet."
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • janvier 2017
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset includes gender inequality and development indices.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Gender Stats is... A one stop source of information on gender at the country level. A compilation of data on key gender topics from national statistics agencies, United Nations databases, and World Bank-conducted or funded surveys. A work-in-progress because the database is continuously updated as new information becomes available.
    • février 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 février, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GID-DB is a database providing researchers and policymakers with key data on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s economic empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development. Covering 160 countries, the GID-DB contains comprehensive information on legal, cultural and traditional practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It provides a faithful image, to the greatest extent possible, of the aggregates and balances of the general government sector in the SNA 1993 conceptual framework. In addition, it brings to light two relevant aggregates that do not belong to this conceptual frame work: the Total Revenue and the Total Expenditure of the general government sector.Unit of measure used - National currency; current prices. Expressed in millions.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This part contains general information on number of insurance companies and employees within the sector.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Netherlands) Non-point sources include diffuse emissions from: a) road, rail and water transport, b) corrosion processes, c) run-off and drainage from agricultural soils, d) atmospheric deposition (excluding deposition on marine waters), e) urban run-off to sewers systems. Direct discharges from non-point sources: sum of direct discharges from diffuse sources and transfers like drainage and run-off from soils and direct atmospheric deposition at fresh surface waters (only N, Cu and Zn). Total discharges to the sea include atmospheric deposition at marine surface water. In most cases atmospheric deposition is the larger part of the total load to marine watersSweden) Industrial wastewater, total discharged only includes industrial wastewater treatment plants with a permit in the national register for environmental reports and industries with own treatment and release to water. Excluded are industrial wastewater treatment plants that transfer water to urban wastewater treatment plants
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table provides information on the main relevant indicators. The data have mainly been supplied by the World Bank, and cover, where available: -Current Gross National Income (GNI) in US $ millions; -GNI per capita (US $); -Population; -Energy use as kilogram of oil per capita; -Average Life Expectancy of Adults; and -Adult Literacy Rate as a percentage of the country population. Data for Sudan include South Sudan, with the exception of total population, which is reported separately.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Bilateral ODA commitments by purpose. Data cover the years 2005 to 2009. Amounts are expressed in USD million. The sectoral distribution of bilateral ODA commitments refers to the economic sector of destination (i.e. the specific area of the recipient's economic or social structure whose development is, or is intended to be fostered by the aid), rather than to the type of goods or services provided. These are aggregates of individual projects notified under the Creditor Reporting System, supplemented by reporting on the sectoral distribution of technical co-operation, and on actual disbursements of food and emergency aid.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • août 2016
      Source : German Chemicals Industry Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Facts and figures for chemistry (2016), Foreign Trade
    • décembre 2015
      Source : German Chemicals Industry Association
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Chemistry facts and figures 2016: Investments
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2). Emissions are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics. Source: European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC)/PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Knight Frank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note: Countries are ranked according to 12-month price growth. The Knight Frank Global House Price Index established in 2006 allows investors and developers to monitor and compare the performance of mainstream residential markets across the world. The index is compiled on a quarterly basis using official government statistics or central bank data where available. The index’s overall performance is weighted by GDP and the latest quarter’s data is provisional pending the release of all the countries’ results.
    • octobre 2015
      Source : HelpAge International
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The aim of the Index is both to capture the multidimensional nature of the quality of life and wellbeing of older people, and to provide a means by which to measure performance and promote improvements. We have chosen 13 different indicators for the four key domains of Income security, Health status, Capability, and Enabling environment. Domain 1: Income security The income security domain assesses people's access to a sufficient amount of income, and the capacity to use it independently, in order to meet basic needs in older age. Domain 2: Health status The three indicators used for the health domain provide information about physical and psychological wellbeing. Domain 3: Capability The employment and education indicators in this domain look at different aspects of the empowerment of older people. Domain 4: Enabling environment This domain uses data from Gallup World View to assess older people's perception of social connectedness, safety, civic freedom and access to public transport - issues older people have singled out as particularly important.
    • mars 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database contains statistics on production volume and value by species, country or area, fishing area and culture environment
    • mars 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains the volume of fish catches landed by country or territory of capture, by species or a higher taxonomic level, by FAO major fishing areas, and year for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purpose
    • juin 2016
      Source : Deloitte
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      With the release of the 2016 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index (GMCI), Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited (Deloitte Global) and the Council on Competitiveness (the Council) in the US build upon the GMCI research, with prior studies published in 2010 and 2013. The results of the 2016 study clearly show the ongoing influence manufacturing has on driving global economies. From its influence on infrastructure development, job creation, and contribution to gross domestic product (GDP) on both an overall and per capita basis, a strong manufacturing sector creates a clear path toward economic prosperity.
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This database contains statistics on the annual production of fishery commodities and imports and exports of fishery commodities by country and commodities in terms of volume and value from 1976.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : DHL
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      DHL released the third edition of its Global Connectedness Index (GCI), a detailed analysis of the state of globalization around the world. The latest report, authored by internationally acclaimed globalization expert Professor Pankaj Ghemawat together with Steven A. Altman, shows that global connectedness, measured by cross-border flows of trade, capital, information and people, has recovered most of its losses incurred during the financial crisis. Especially the depth of international interactions – the proportion of interactions that cross national borders – gained momentum in 2013 after its recovery had stalled in the previous year. Nonetheless, trade depth, as a distinct dimension of globalization, continues to stagnate and the overall level of global connectedness remains quite limited, implying that there could be gains of trillions of US dollars if boosted in future years.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : International Telecommunication Union
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Cybersecurity Index, 2017 Source: DOWNLOAD Note: The Global Cybersecurity Index (GCI) is a survey that measures the commitment of Member States to cybersecurity in order to raise awareness.The GCI revolves around the ITU Global Cybersecurity Agenda (GCA) and its five pillars (legal, technical, organizational, capacity building and cooperation). For each of these pillars, questions were developed to assess commitment. Through consultation with a group of experts, these questions were weighted in order to arrive at an overall GCI score. The survey was administered through an online platform through which supporting evidence was also collected.One-hundred and thirty-four Member States responded to the survey throughout 2016. Member States who did not respond were invited to validate responses determined from open-source research. As such, the GCI results reported herein cover all 193 ITU Member States.The 2017 publication of the GCI continues to show the commitment to cybersecurity of countries around the world. The overall picture shows improvement and strengthening of all five elements of the cybersecurity agenda in various countries in all regions. However, there is space for further improvement in cooperation at all levels, capacity building and organizational measures. As well, the gap in the level of cybersecurity engagement between different regions is still present and visible. The level of development of the different pillars varies from country to country in the regions, and while commitment in Europe remains very high in the legal and technical fields in particular, the challenging situation in the Africa and Americas regions shows the need for continued engagement and support.In addition to providing the GCI score, this report also provides a set of illustrative practices that give insight into the achievements of certain countries.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Global Democracy Ranking
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 janvier, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Democracy Ranking is an annual ranking of all democracies (country-based democracies) in the world by focusing on the Quality of Democracy in an international perspective. The Democracy Ranking publishes the ranking scores and displays ranking score increases or decreases over time. The Democracy Ranking is a ranking of the Quality of Democracy in the sense that the ranking scores should reflect a ranking of democracies according to their differing qualities; and the Democracy Ranking is a ranking for the Quality of Democracy, because it wants to contribute conceptually to how democracy quality may be measured as well as wants to support the awareness how important democracy quality is for the further development, reform and enhancement of democracies.
    • juillet 2013
      Source : ONE
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 juillet, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Dataset represents the results of the survey, conducted in order to reveal people's expectations about the improvments that they think are of primary importance when determining Global Development Goals on post-2015 period.
    • décembre 2011
      Source : Global Facility for Disaster Reduction and Recovery
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains outcomes of post-disaster damage, loss, and needs assessments carried out by various international organizations following the Damage and Loss Assessment (DaLA) and/or Post-Disaster Needs Assessment (PDNA) methodologies.
    • août 2015
      Source : Grant Thornton
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Grant Thornton Global Dynamism Index (GDI) ranks 60 leading economies on their dynamism in five key areas – business operating environment, economics & growth, science & technology, labour & human capital and financing environment. The GDI analyses 22 indicators across these five categories to assess the dynamism of business growth environments around the world, where dynamism refers to the changes in an economy over the past 12 months which are likely to lead to a faster future rate of growth.
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Emission Database for Global Atmospheric Research
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Emissions are calculated for the following substances: 1) Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2); 2) Ozone precursor gases: Carbon Monoxide (CO), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), Non-Methane Volatile Organic Compounds (NMVOC) and Methane (CH4). 3) Acidifying gases: Ammonia (NH3), Nitrogen oxides (NOx) and Sulfur Dioxide (SO2). 4) Primary particulates: Fine Particulate Matter (PM10) - Carbonaceous speciation (BC , OC) is under progress. 5) Stratospheric Ozone Depleting Substances: Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC-11, 12, 113, 114, 115), Halons (1211, 1301, 2402), Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFC-22, 124, 141b, 142b), Carbon Tetrachloride (CCl4), Methyl Bromide (CH3Br) and Methyl Chloroform (CH3CCl2). Emissions (EM) for a country C are calculated for each compound x on an annual basis (y) and sector wise (for i sectors, multiplying on the one hand the country-specific activity data (AD), quantifying the human activity for each of the i sectors, with the mix of j technologies (TECH) for each sector i, and with their abatement percentage by one of the k end-of-pipe (EOP) measures for each technology j, and on the other hand the country-specific emission factor (EF) for each sector i and technology j with relative reduction (RED) of the uncontrolled emission by installed abatement measure k. Emissions in are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics.
    • mars 2017
      Source : World Economic Forum
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Energy Architecture Performance Index (EAPI) uses a set of indicators to highlight the performance of various countries across each facet of their energy architecture, determining to what extent nations have been able to create affordable, sustainable and secure energy systems   1)Economic growth and development: The extent to which energy architecture supports, rather than detracts from, economic growth and development2) Environmental sustainability: The extent to which energy architecture has been constructed to minimize negative environmental externalities3) Energy access and security: The extent to which energy architecture is at risk of an energy security impact, and whether adequate access to energy is provided to all parts of the population   Note: For detail methodology please visit:"http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_GlobalEnergyArchitecturePerformance_Index_2017.pdf"
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Global Energy Network Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data for 2005 but still gives a general idea as to the status of Japan compared to other developed countries.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Enerdata
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Enerdata is an independent Research & Consulting firm on the global oil, gas, coal, power, renewable and carbon markets established in 1991. Total energy consumption - for each energy product it is the sum of primary production, external trade, marine bunkers (fuel used by boats and aircraft for international transport) and stock variations. For the world, marine bunkers are included. This induces a gap with the sum of regions. Total primary production evaluates the quantity of natural energy resources. Total balance of trade is the difference between exports and imports. The balance of a net exporter appears as a negative value (-). The balance of geographic and geopolitical zones is simply the sum of the trade balance of all the countries. The energy intensity is calculated by dividing the total energy consumption of a country by its Gross Domestic Product (GDP). It measures the total amount of energy necessary to generate one unit of GDP. GDP is expressed at constant exchange rate and purchasing power parity to remove the impact of inflation and reflect differences in general price levels and relate energy consumption to the real level of economic activity. Using purchasing power parity rates for GDP instead of exchange rates increases the value of GDP in regions with a low cost of living, and therefore decreases their energy intensities. Total energy includes coal, gas, oil, electricity, heat and biomass.   There are 43 Annex I countries including the European Union.
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Global Entrepreneurship and Development Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 février, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Entrepreneurship Index provides information about global entrepreneurship subIndex ranks and scoring of all countries.It also provides information about certain indicators like attitudes,abilities and aspirations with their ranks and scores
    • mars 2016
      Source : Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 23 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GEM Adult Population Survey (APS) measures the level and nature of entrepreneurial activity around the world. It is administered to a representative national sample of at least 2000 respondents.The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.  
    • mars 2017
      Source : Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GEM National Expert Survey (NES) monitors the factors that are believed to have a significant impact on entrepreneurship, known as the Entrepreneurial Framework Conditions (EFCs). It is administered to a minimum of 36 carefully chosen 'experts' in each country. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • juin 2017
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Financial Development Database is an extensive dataset of financial system characteristics for countries and group-wise economies. The database includes measures of (1) size of financial institutions and markets (financial depth), (2) degree to which individuals can and do use financial services (access), (3) efficiency of financial intermediaries and markets in intermediating resources and facilitating financial transactions (efficiency), and (4) stability of financial institutions and markets (stability). For a complete description of the dataset and a discussion of the underlying literature, see: Martin Cihák, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt, Erik Feyen, and Ross Levine, 2012. Benchmarking Financial Systems Around the World.World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 6175, World Bank, Washington, D.C. Concepts: The Kruskal-Wallis H test (sometimes also called the "one-way ANOVA on ranks") is a rank-based nonparametric test that can be used to determine if there are statistically significant differences between two or more groups of an independent variable on a continuous or ordinal dependent variable. The Z score method examines liquidity, profitability, reinvested earnings and leverage which are integrated into a single composite score. It can be used with past, current or projected data as it requires no external inputs such as GDP or Market Price. Z-Score Ratings cutoff scores used in classifications: AAA 8.15, AA 7.30, A 6.65 , BBB 5.85, BB 4.95, B 4.15, CCC 3.20, D 3.19
    • avril 2015
      Source : World Bank
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 juin, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Financial Inclusion Database provides 800 country-level indicators of financial inclusion summarized for all adults and disaggregated by key demographic characteristics-gender, age, education, income, and rural residence. Covering more than 140 economies, the indicators of financial inclusion measure how people save, borrow, make payments and manage risk. The reference citation for the data is: Demirguc-Kunt, Asli, Leora Klapper, Dorothe Singer, and Peter Van Oudheusden. 2015. “The Global Findex Database 2014: Measuring Financial Inclusion around the World.” Policy Research Working Paper 7255, World Bank, Washington, DC. Note: 1: Variable [w1] refers to 2011 variables 2: Variable [w2] refers to 2014 variables 3: Variable [ts] refers to Time Series variables (2011, 2014)
    • mai 2016
      Source : International Monetary Fund
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Financial Stability Report (GFSR) finds that six years after the start of the crisis, the global economic recovery continues to rely heavily on accommodative monetary policies in advanced economies. Monetary accommodation remains critical in supporting the economy by encouraging economic risk taking in the form of increased real spending by households and greater willingness to invest and hire by businesses. However, prolonged monetary ease may also encourage excessive financial risk taking.
    • mars 2017
      Source : GFP
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Firepower, 2017   Global Firepower (GFP) provides a unique analytical display of data concerning today's world military powers. Over 1000 world powers are considering in the ranking which allows for a broad spectrum of comparisons to be achieved concerning relative military strengths. The user should note that nuclear capability is not taken into account as that would defeat the purpose of such comparisons. Instead, the GFP ranking is based strictly on each nations potential conventional war-making capabilities across land, sea and air. The final ranking also incorporates values related to resources, finances and geography. Some statistics have been estimated where official numbers are not publicly available. The GFP ranking is based on a formula utilizing over fifty different factors, compiled and measured against each nation. Bonuses (ex: low oil consumption) and penalties (ex: high oil consumption) are applied to further refine the list. The finalized GFP value is recognized as the "Power Index" (PwrIndx) which supplies a nation its respective positioning in the rankings. Note : • Nuclear capability is NOT taken into account • Geographical factors influence every country's ranking • Ranking does not solely rely on total number of weapons available • Natural resource reliance (use/production) is taken into account • Land-locked nations are NOT penalized for lack of a standing navy • Naval powers ARE penalized for limited naval capabilities • Current political/military leadership is NOT taken into account
    • mars 2017
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 24 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Contains global production statistics (capture and aquaculture). This database contains the volume of aquatic species caught by country or area, by species items, by FAO major fishing areas, and year, for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. The harvest from mariculture, aquaculture and other kinds of fish farming is also included
    • septembre 2015
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 octobre, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      DescriptionThe Global Forest Resources Assessment 2015 (FRA 2015) is the most comprehensive assessment of forests and forestry to date - not only in terms of the number of countries and people involved - but also in terms of scope. It examines the current status and recent trends for about 90 variables covering the extent, condition, uses and values of forests and other wooded land, with the aim of assessing all benefits from forest resources. Information has been collated from 233 countries and territories for four points in time: 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. The results are presented according to the seven thematic elements of sustainable forest management. FAO worked closely with countries and specialists in the design and implementation of FRA 2010 - through regular contact, expert consultations, training for national correspondents and ten regional and subregional workshops. More than 900 contributors were involved, including 178 officially nominated national correspondents and their teams. The outcome is better data, a transparent reporting process and enhanced national capacity in developing countries for data analysis and reporting. The final report of FRA 2010 was published at the start of the latest biennial meeting of the FAO' Committee on Forestry and World Forest Week, in Rome.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : World Economic Forum
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data set provides the Index benchmarks national gender gaps on economic, political, education and health criteria, and provides country rankings that allow for effective comparisons across regions and income groups. The rankings are designed to create greater awareness among a global audience of the challenges posed by gender gaps and the opportunities created by reducing them. The methodology and quantitative analysis behind the rankings are intended to serve as a basis for designing effective measures for reducing gender gaps. Score,1=No inequality, 0=Maximum inequality. Rank,1=Minimum inequality
    • septembre 2016
      Source : Dual Citizen LLC
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This 5th edition of the Global Green Economy Index (GGEI) is a data-driven analysis of how 80 countries perform in the global green economy, as well as how expert practitioners rank this performance. Since its launch in 2010, the GGEI has signaled which countries are making progress towards greener economies, and which ones are not. The comparison of national green performance and perceptions of it revealed through the GGEI framework is more important than ever today. This is because while there is far greater public and political focus on climate change and green growth now than when the GGEI was first published, often the commitments and targets communicated by leaders do not match the reality. This report will provide an overview of the newest GGEI results from the 5th edition, as well as more detail on how our research and data can enrich the work of others in this space.
    • septembre 2016
      Source : World Health Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GHO data provides access to indicators on priority health topics including mortality and burden of diseases, the Millennium Development Goals (child nutrition, child health, maternal and reproductive health, immunization, HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, neglected diseases, water and sanitation), non communicable diseases and risk factors, epidemic-prone diseases, health systems, environmental health, violence and injuries, equity among others
    • octobre 2016
      Source : International Food Policy Research Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Hunger Index (GHI) is a tool designed to comprehensively measure and track hunger globally, regionally, and by country. Each year, the International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI) calculates GHI scores in order to assess progress, or the lack thereof, in decreasing hunger. The GHI is designed to raise awareness and understanding of regional and country differences in the struggle against hunger. Since 2015, GHI scores have been calculated using a revised and improved formula. The revision replaces child underweight, previously the sole indicator of child undernutrition, with two indicators of child undernutrition—child wasting and child stunting—which are equally weighted in the GHI calculation. The revised formula also standardizes each of the component indicators to balance their contribution to the overall index and to changes in the GHI scores over time. The 2016 GHI has been calculated for 118 countries for which data on the four component indicators are available and where measuring hunger is considered most relevant. GHI scores are not calculated for some higher income countries where the prevalence of hunger is very low. The GHI is only as current as the data for its four component indicators. This year's GHI reflects the most recent available country-level data and projections available between 2011 and 2016. It therefore reflects the hunger levels during this period rather than solely capturing conditions in 2016. The 1992, 2000, 2008, and 2016 GHI scores reflect the latest revised data for the four component indicators of the GHI. Where original source data were not available, the estimates of the GHI component indicators were based on the most recent data available. The four component indicators used to calculate the GHI scores draw upon data from the following sources: 1. Undernourishment: Updated data from the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) were used for the 1992, 2000, 2008, and 2016 GHI scores. Undernourishment data and projections for the 2016 GHI are for 2014-2016. 2. Child wasting and stunting: The child undernutrition indicators of the GHI—child wasting and child stunting—include data from the joint database of United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), the World Health Organization (WHO), and the World Bank, and additional data from WHO's continuously updated Global Database on Child Growth and Malnutrition; the most recent Demographic and Health Survey (DHS) and Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS) reports; and statistical tables from UNICEF. For the 2016 GHI, data on child wasting and child stunting are for the latest year for which data are available in the period 2011-2015. 3. Child mortality: Updated data from the UN Inter-agency Group for Child Mortality Estimation were used for the 1992, 2000, 2008, and 2016 GHI scores. For the 2016 GHI, data on child mortality are from 2015.   Note: Values for the years are taken as per below table.1Global Hunger Index Scores2Proportion of Undernourished in the Population (%)3Prevalence of Stunting in Children Under Five Years (%)4Prevalence of Wasting in Children Under Five Years(%)5Prevalence of underweight in children under five years (%)6Under-five Mortality  Rate(%)                                                                                    Indicators12345DateRangeDateRangeDateRangeDateRangeDateRange19941990-199419931991-199319941990-199419941990-199419921988-199219981994-199819921990-199219921988-199219921988-199219971993-199720021998-200219961994-199619971993-199719971993-199719981994-199820031999-200319971995-199720021998-200220021998-200220021998-200220072002-200720011999-200120072003-200720072003-200720031999-200320082003-200820022000-200220102006-201020102006-201020052000-200520092004-200920032001-200320142010-201420142010-201420062001-200620102006-201020042002-200420152011-201520152011-201520072003-200720132009-201320052003-2005    20082003-200820162011-201620062004-2006    20102005-2010  20082006-2008    20132009-2013  20092007-2009        20132011-2013        20162014-2016       * 6. "Under-five Mortality  Rate(%)" year range has not been specified in source. GHI Severity Scale≤ 9.9 low10.0–19.9 moderate20.0–34.9 serious35.0–49.9 alarming50.0 ≤ extremely alarming
    • juillet 2016
      Source : World Economic Forum
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This Dataset contains proprietary and non-proprietary data used in the computation of the World Economic's Forum Networked Readiness Index. By making this data available, the Forum aims to inform multi-stakeholder dialogue, foster evidence-based, data-driven decisions, allow measuring progress, and support research by academia, journalists and others.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Global Innovation Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Innovation Index (GII) aims to capture the multi-dimensional facets of innovation and provide the tools that can assist in tailoring policies to promote long-term output growth, improved productivity, and job growth. The GII helps to create an environment in which innovation factors are continually evaluated. It provides a key tool and a rich database of detailed metrics for 141 economies this year, which represent 95.1% of the world’s population and 98.6% of global GDP.
    • septembre 2016
      Source : Global Innovation Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 12 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Innovation Index (The overall GII score is the simple average of the Input and Output Sub-Index scores) aims to capture the multi-dimensional facets of innovation and provide the tools that can assist in tailoring policies to promote long-term output growth, improved productivity, and job growth. The GII helps to create an environment in which innovation factors are continually evaluated. It provides a key tool and a rich database of detailed metrics for 141 economies this year, which represent 95.1% of the world’s population and 98.6% of global GDP. The Innovation Efficiency Ratio is calculated as the ratio of the Output Sub-Index score over the Input Sub-Index score. It is designed to assess the effectiveness of innovation systems and policies. The countries with the highest Innovation Efficiency Ratios are countries that combine certain levels of innovation inputs with more robust output.
    • mai 2016
      Source : Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mai, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Internal Displacement Database (GIDD) aims to provide comprehensive information on internal displacement worldwide. It covers all countries and territories for which IDMC has obtained data on situations of internal displacement, and provides data on situations of internal displacement associated with conflict and generalized violence (2014-2015), displacement associated with sudden-onset natural hazard-related disasters (2008-2015).
    • février 2016
      Source : Material Flows
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 juin, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2017
      Source : Global Open Data Index
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2016
      Source : Milken Institute
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 janvier, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Opportunity Index provides information that is vital to investors and policymakers. It helps government to pursue policies which can be helpful to attract foreign direct investment (FDI), expand their economies and accelerate job creation. It also help companies to explore FDI opportunities. Moreover, the index provides a baseline assessment for countries seeking to improve their business environments and attract foreign investors, the kind that commit capital to strategic projects rather than move it around as a fleeting portfolio tactic. Note: Composite Score (CS) is an average score of following indicators:a). Economic Fundamentals (EF)b). Ease of Doing Business (ED)c). Quality of Regulations (QR)d). Rule of Law (RL)Calculation of CS=( EF+ ED+ QR+ RL)/4Countries are ranked on basis of composite score (CS). For 2015, countries are also ranked on the basis of scores of individual indicators (EF, ED, QR and RL).Weighted Rank (WR) is average rank of following indicators:a). Financial Services (FS)b). Institutional Framework (IF)c). Economic Fundamental (EF)d). International Standard and Policy (IS)e). Business Perception (BP)Calculation of WR=( FS+ IF+ EF+ IS+ BP)/5
    • juin 2017
      Source : Institute for Economics and Peace
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GPI covers 99.7 per cent of the world’s population, using 23 qualitative and quantitative indicators from highly respected sources and measures the state of peace using three thematic domains: the level of Societal Safety and Security; the extent of Ongoing Domestic and International Conflict; and the degree of Militarization. In addition to presenting the findings from the 2017 GPI, this report includes analysis of the Positive Peace factors that are most important for transitioning to higher levels of peace and how deterioration in Positive Peace are linked to the rise of populism in Europe. The report also assesses the trends in peacekeeping and militarization, including a cost/benefit analysis highlighting the positive economic benefits from early peace building interventions.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : GlobalPetrolPrices.com
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data is getting collected Every Tuesday evening from the Global Petrol Prices website. Weekly Average data is available from 28-Dec-2015 onward. Monthly average price is available for the period of January, 2013 - July, 2013   Data cited at: Global Petrol Prices web site
    • mai 2014
      Source : Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Téléchargé par : Kirill Kosenkov
      Accès le : 27 août, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global, regional, and national prevalence of overweight and obesity in children and adults during 1980–2013. Comparable estimates based on systematically identified surveys, reports, and published studies (n=1769) that included data for height and weight, both through physical measurements and self-reports, using mixed effects linear regression to correct for bias in self-reports. Data for prevalence of obesity and overweight by age, sex, country, and year (n=19 244) obtained with a spatiotemporal Gaussian process regression model to estimate prevalence with 95% uncertainty intervals (UIs). Research by the staff of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evalutaion with co-authors. Published online 28 May 2014, "The Lancet" Volume 384, No. 9945, p766–781. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(14)60460-8
    • janvier 2017
      Source : Jones Lang LaSalle
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      JLL’s Global Real Estate Transparency Index is a unique survey that quantifies real estate market transparency across 102 markets worldwide.The Index aims to help real estate investors, corporate occupiers, retailers and hotel operators understand important differences when transacting, owning and operating in foreign markets.
    • mars 2017
      Source : A. T. Kearney
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Retail Development Index™ is an annual study that ranks the top 30 developing countries for retail expansion worldwide. The Index analyzes 25 macroeconomic and retail-specific variables to help retailers devise successful global strategies and to identify developing market investment opportunities. The GRDI is unique because it identifies today's most successful markets and those that offer the most potential for the future.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Natixis
      Téléchargé par : Olga Bikeeva
      Accès le : 27 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Retirement Index (GRI) is a multi-dimensional index developed by Natixis Global Asset Management and CoreData Research to examine the factors that drive retirement security and to provide a comparison tool for best practices in retirement policy.The index incorporates 18 performance indicators, grouped into four thematic sub-indices, which have been calculated on the basis of reliable data from a range of international organizations and academic sources. It takes into account the particular characteristics of the older demographic retiree group in order to assess and compare the level of retirement security in different countries around the world.The four thematic indices cover key aspects for welfare in retirement: the material means to live comfortably in retirement; access to quality financial services to help preserve savings value and maximize income; access to quality health services; and a clean and safe environment.The sub-indices provide insight into which particular characteristics are driving an improvement or worsening each country’s position. Data has been tracked consistently to provide a basis for year-over-year comparison. This is the fifth year Natixis Global Asset Management and CoreData have produced the GRI as a guide to the changing decisions facing retirees as they focus on their needs and goals for the future, and where and how to most efficiently preserve wealth while enjoying retirement.As the GRI continues to run each year, it is our hope it will be possible to discern ongoing trends in, for instance, the quality of a nation’s financial services sector, thereby identifying those variables that can be best managed to ensure a more secure retirement.The index includes International Monetary Fund (IMF) advanced economies, members of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the BRIC countries (Brazil, Russia, India, and China). The researchers calculated a mean score in each category and combined the category scores for a final overall ranking of the 43 nations studied. The index is calculated as a percentage from 0% to 100% where 100% represents the most favorable environment to retirement security.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : countryeconomy.com
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 22 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Global Stock Market Indexes, Daily Update
    • février 2013
      Source : United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 mars, 2013
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Percentage of homicides by firearm, number of homicides by firearm and homicide by firearm rate per 100,000 population.Intentional homicide is defined as unlawful death purposefully inflicted on a person by another person.
    • avril 2014
      Source : United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 mai, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Intentional homicide is defined as unlawful death purposefully inflicted on a person by another person
    • décembre 2016
      Source : INSEAD
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 20 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This data presents high-level way of mapping individual countries in terms of talent competitiveness consists of comparing their GTCI scores to their GDP per capita for the selected indicators.In its first year, the GTCI model covers 103 countries,representing 86.3% of the world’s population and 96.7% of the world’s GDP (in current US dollars).It is a simplified manner of acquiring a first assessment about the ways in which competitiveness relates to overall level of economic development of a nation.
    • juin 2017
      Source : KPMG
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 05 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Covers data on corporate, indirect and individual income tax rates throughout 163 countries across the world during the period from 2006 to 2017. Provided by KPMG.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Institute for Economics and Peace
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 29 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Terrorism Index (GTI) is a comprehensive study which accounts for the direct and indirect impact of terrorism in 163 countries in terms of its effect on lives lost, injuries, property damage and the psychological aftereffects of terrorism. This study covers 99.6 per cent of the world’s population. It aggregates the most authoritative data source on terrorism today, the Global Terrorism Database (GTD) collated by the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START) into a composite score in order to provide an ordinal ranking of nations on the negative impact of terrorism. The GTD is unique in that it consists of systematically and comprehensively coded data on domestic as well as international terrorist incidents and now includes more than 140,000 cases. Note: "Change in score values" have been calculated for 2015 by score in 2015 minus score in 2014 (Score_2015-Score_2014). For rest of the years according to source.
    • janvier 2016
      Source : Food and Agriculture Organization
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • décembre 2014
      Source : World Wide Web Foundation
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 avril, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Web has changed our lives. But to harness its full benefit, we need to understand how countries and people use it, and its impact on on development and human rights. The Web Index, by the World Wide Web Foundation, tracks the Web’s contribution to social, economic and political progress across 86 countries. It ranks these nations across four pillars: Universal Access, Freedom and Openness, Empowerment and Relevant Content.
    • avril 2014
      Source : Center for Strategic and International Studies
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 février, 2015
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Global Youth Wellbeing Index details the performance and provides comparative analysis of 30 countries in terms of overall youth wellbeing and within six domains. The Index is designed to facilitate both thought and action by elevating youth needs and opportunities and young people’s participation on national and global agendas. It also provides public and private sector decision-makers an easier way to understand the big picture, guide actions and investments, and drive progress over time.
    • juin 2017
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table is a compilation of statistics of trade in goods and services as reported in the Balance of Payments. The conceptual framework used for the compilation is based on the IMF Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5, 1993).
    • novembre 2016
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows indicators of trade balances as the following: - Normalized trade balance, - Trade balance as percentage of imports and, - Trade balance as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). Normalized trade balance of goods and services is defined as the trade balance (total exports less total imports) divided by the total trade (exports plus imports).  
    • novembre 2016
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 01 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows exports, imports and sum/average of exports and imports as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). The indicators are calculated for trade in goods, trade in services and total trade in goods and services.
    • août 2014
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 août, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows indicators of trade balances as the following: - Normalized trade balance, - Trade balance as percentage of imports and, - Trade balance as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP).
    • août 2014
      Source : United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 28 août, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table shows exports, imports and sum/average of exports and imports as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). The indicators are calculated for trade in goods, trade in services and total trade in goods and services.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 31 mars, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Key statistical concept Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometer and passenger-kilometers. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most coutries, this is not the case for road injuies. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Most of the data in Government at a Glance have been compiled by the OECD. However, data are also drawn from the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the International Labour Organization (ILO) and Eurostat. More information can be found in the in the Introduction and in the Readers's guide of the Government at a Glance publication.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 27 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table presents data on Government appropriations or outlays for RD (GBAORD) by socio-economic objective (SEO), using the NABS 2007 classification i.e.: Exploration and exploitation of the Earth, Environment, Exploration and exploitation of space, Transport, telecommunication and other infrastructures, Energy, Industrial production and technology, Health, Agriculture, Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, Political and social systems, structures and processes, General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from General University Funds (GUF), General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from sources other than GUF, Defence. Please note that in this new NABS 2007 classification, the three socio-economic objectives -- Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, and Political and social systems, structures and processes -- were previously grouped under a single objective: Social structures and relationships. At the time of this publication there is no breakdown of historical data into the three new SEOs. Another issue relating to the transition from NABS 1993 to NABS 2007 is that what was formerly Other civil research is now to be distributed among the other chapters. This distribution has not yet been done in this database. Therefore, until the countries are in a position to provide breakdown according to the NABS 2007 classification, in some cases GBAORD by SEO is greater than the sum of its chapters.
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 13 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It provides a breakdown of government expenditure according to their function. To meet this end, economic flows of expenditure must be aggregated according to the Classification of the Functions of Government (COFOG).
    • juin 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 juillet, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source.
    • février 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 18 mars, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • septembre 2014
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 04 octobre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 26 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset contains selected indicators for monitoring progress towards green growth to support policy making and inform the public at large. The indicator bring together the OECD's statistics, indicators and measures of progress. The dataset covers OECD countries as well as BRIICS economies (Brazil, Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, China and South Africa), and selected countries when possible. The indicators are selected according to well specified criteria and embedded in a conceptual framework, which is structured around four groups to capture the main features of green growth: Environmental and resource productivity, to indicate whether economic growth is becoming greener with more efficient use of natural capital and to capture aspects of production which are rarely quantified in economic models and accounting frameworks; The natural asset base, to indicate the risks to growth from a declining natural asset base; Environmental quality of life, to indicate how environmental conditions affect the quality of life and wellbeing of people; Economic opportunities and policy responses, to indicate the effectiveness ofpolicies in delivering green growth and describe the societal responses needed to secure business and employment opportunities.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 octobre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This dataset presents trends in man-made emissions of major greenhouse gases and emissions by gas. Data refer to total emissions of CO2 (emissions from energy use and industrial processes, e.g. cement production), CH4 (methane emissions from solid waste, livestock, mining of hard coal and lignite, rice paddies, agriculture and leaks from natural gas pipelines), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). When interpreting these data it should be kept in mind that they refer to gross direct emissions excluding emissions or removals from land-use change and forestry (LULUCF). This dataset presents trends in man-made emissions of major greenhouse gases and emissions by gas. Data refer to total emissions of CO2 (emissions from energy use and industrial processes, e.g. cement production), CH4 (methane emissions from solid waste, livestock, mining of hard coal and lignite, rice paddies, agriculture and leaks from natural gas pipelines), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). When interpreting these data it should be kept in mind that they refer to gross direct emissions excluding emissions or removals from land-use change and forestry (LULUCF).
    • septembre 2014
      Source : United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 10 septembre, 2014
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Note 1: The reporting and review requirements for GHG inventories are different for Annex I and non-Annex I Parties. The definition format of data for emissions/removals from the forestry sector is different for Annex I and non-Annex I Parties. Note 2: Base year data in the data interface relate to the base year under the Climate Change Convention (UNFCCC). The base year under the Convention is defined slightly different than the base year under the Kyoto Protocol. An exception is made for European Union (15) whereby the base year under the Kyoto Protocol is displayed.
    • janvier 2015
      Source : University of Groningen
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 25 février, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The GGDC 10-Sector Database provides a long-run internationally comparable dataset on sectoral productivity performance in Asia, Europe, Latin America and the US. Variables covered in the data set are annual series of value added, output deflators, and persons employed for 10 broad sectors. It gives sectoral detail to the historical macro data in Maddison (2003) from 1950 onwards. It consists of series for 10 countries in Asia, 9 in Latin-America and 9 in Europe and the US. The data for Asia and Latin-America are based on Marcel P. Timmer and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2007), 'A Cross-Country Database For Sectoral Employment And Productivity In Asia And Latin America, 1950-2005', GGDC Research memorandum GD-98, Groningen Growth and Development Centre, August 2007. Data for Europe and the US is based on an update of Bart van Ark (1996), Sectoral Growth Accounting and Structural Change in Post-War Europe, in B. van Ark and N.F.R. Crafts, eds., Quantitative Aspects of Post-War European Economic Growth, CEPR/Cambridge University Press, pp. 84-164. All series derived from this database need to be referred to as: "Timmer, Marcel P. and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2009), "Structural Change and Growth Accelerations in Asia and Latin America: A New Sectoral Data Set" Cliometrica, vol 3 (issue 2) pp. 165-190."
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 09 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Gross claims payments in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 19 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics on gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by field of science (natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities). Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs).
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 21 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Unit of measure used Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents data on Gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD) by socio-economic objective (SEO), using the NABS 2007 classification i.e.: Exploration and exploitation of the Earth, Environment, Exploration and exploitation of space, Transport, telecommunication and other infrastructures, Energy, Industrial production and technology, Health, Agriculture, Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, Political and social systems, structures and processes, General advancement of knowledge, and Defence. Please note that in this new NABS 2007 classification, the three socio-economic objectives -- Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, and Political and social systems, structures and processes -- were previously grouped under a single objective: Social structures and relationships. At the time of this publication there is no breakdown of historical data into the three new SEOs. Another issue relating to the transition from NABS 1993 to NABS 2007 is that what was formerly Other civil research is now to be distributed among the other chapters. This distribution has not yet been done in this database. Therefore, until the countries are in a position to provide breakdown according to the NABS 2007 classification, in some cases GERD by SEO is greater than the sum of its chapters.
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 mai, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics. Data include gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by source of funds (business enterprise, government - including public general university funds -, higher education, private non-profit and funds from abroad - including funds from enterprises and other funds from abroad).
    • mai 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 07 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2010 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics. Data include gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by type of costs (current expenditures: labour costs, other current costs; and capital expenditures: land and buildings, and instruments and equipment).
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 06 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      It presents the three approaches of the GDP: expenditure based, output based and income based. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 11 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • juin 2017
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 juin, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. This part contains gross operating expenses in the reporting country, with a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • septembre 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 17 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • juillet 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 30 juillet, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • avril 2017
      Source : Eurostat
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 15 avril, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 18.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • novembre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 16 décembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, some time lag may arise which affects individual series and/or individual countries for two reasons: First, hours worked data from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently than the OECD Annual National Accounts Database. Second, source data for capital services are typically available in annual national accounts with a lag. Labour productivity is a key driver of economic growth and changes in living standards, as measured notably by growth in GDP per capita. Labour productivity growth means a higher level of output for every hour worked. This can be achieved if more capital is used in production or through improved overall efficiency with which labour and capital are used together, i.e., higher multifactor productivity growth (MFP). Labour productivity is also a key driver of international competitiveness, e.g. as measured by Unit Labour Costs (ULC).
  • H
    • août 2017
      Source : Department of Business, Economic Development & Tourism, State of Hawaii
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 08 septembre, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
    • novembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 août, 2017
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      Cancer fellow up has been given for the range of 5 years. The highest range has been considered as for this period, for example 1995-2000 is considered as 2000.
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 02 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD Health Data 2015 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • décembre 2015
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema
      Accès le : 14 novembre, 2016
      Sélectionner ensemble de données
      OECD Health Data 2015 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.B1:B4
    • octobre 2016
      Source : Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Téléchargé par : Knoema